appendix a – field survey chronology

142
APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Upload: others

Post on 29-Jul-2022

3 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Page 2: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESPNatural Environment

November 2013

Trap

Set

tin

g

Po

nd

Tra

pp

ing

/

Ass

essm

ent

Pit

fall

Trap

pin

g

Am

ph

ibia

n

Rep

tile

2008

Apr-22 KLF/RH Site reconnaissance and Calling Amphibian Survey # 1 – 9 sites 6

Apr-23 KLF Vernal pond reconnaissance assessment 1

May-29 HA Breeding Bird Survey #1 6

Jun-04 KLF/EW Calling Amphibian Survey # 2 6

Jun-12 RH, LVVegetation Survey - ELC mapping, spring vegetation inventory

Breeding Bird Survey # 28 7

Jun-23 KLF/EW Calling Amphibian Survey # 3; Road / mortality survey. 5 2

Jul-24 KLF/SD Dipnetting vernal ponds 5.5

Aug-12 CC/KLESite Reconnaissance - aquatic habitat / survey locations; vernal pond

habitat assessment / survey locations4 7

Sep-19 JGVegetation (ELC) and botanical inventory – central pond; general wildlife

survey2 0.5

2009

Mar-10 KLF/KH/KD Site Reconnaissance & pond (minnow) trap setting. 15 3

Mar-11 KLF/EG Pond (minnow) trap survey / check and closing 11

Mar-18 KLF/EG/ Pond (minnow) trap setting 15

Lep

ido

pte

ra /

Od

on

ata

Ben

thic

s

Aq

uat

ic H

abit

at

Fall

Spaw

nin

g

Date Staff Task

Feat

ure

Del

inea

tio

n

AquaticsMammalsHerpetofaunaAvifauna

Salamander Road Mortality

ELC

/ B

ota

nic

al

Bre

edin

g B

ird

Veg / Flora

Turt

le N

esti

ng

Co

ver

Bo

ard

Bad

ger

Gen

eral

Wild

life

Ow

l

Sup

ple

men

tal

(in

cl. m

igra

nt)

Am

ph

ibia

n C

allin

g

Turt

le B

aski

ng

No

ctu

rnal

MM

P

ECOPLANS Table A-1. Natural Environment Field Survey Chronology Page A -1

Page 3: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESPNatural Environment

November 2013

Trap

Set

tin

g

Po

nd

Tra

pp

ing

/

Ass

essm

ent

Pit

fall

Trap

pin

g

Am

ph

ibia

n

Rep

tile

Lep

ido

pte

ra /

Od

on

ata

Ben

thic

s

Aq

uat

ic H

abit

at

Fall

Spaw

nin

g

Date Staff Task

Feat

ure

Del

inea

tio

n

AquaticsMammalsHerpetofaunaAvifauna

Salamander Road Mortality

ELC

/ B

ota

nic

al

Bre

edin

g B

ird

Veg / Flora

Turt

le N

esti

ng

Co

ver

Bo

ard

Bad

ger

Gen

eral

Wild

life

Ow

l

Sup

ple

men

tal

(in

cl. m

igra

nt)

Am

ph

ibia

n C

allin

g

Turt

le B

aski

ng

No

ctu

rnal

MM

P

Mar-19 KLF/HB Pond (minnow) trap survey / check and closing 12

Mar-25 HB/HA Pond (minnow) trap setting 8

Apr-02 RH/EG Road / mortality Survey; Pond (minnow) trap setting 2

Apr-03HB/EG/SL/R

HPond (minnow) trap survey / check 12

Apr-04 EB, JH Pond (minnow) trap survey / check and closing 11

Apr-14 HA/KLF Pond (minnow) trap survey / check 8

Apr-15 KLF/JH Pond (minnow) trap survey / check and closing 11

Apr-20 KLF/ EG Pond (minnow) trap setting; daytime road / mortality survey 10 2

Apr-21 KLF/CM Pond (minnow) trap survey; Daytime road / mortality survey 10 2

Apr-22 KLF/ EG/ SLPond (minnow) trap survey; Daytime road / mortality survey; Amphibian

Call survey # 1; Nocturnal Road / mortality survey7 4 3

Apr-23 KLF/EG Pond (minnow) trap survey / check and closing 11

May-14 KLF/SLCalling Amphibian survey # 2 ( Started but cancelled due to weather –

resurveyed on May 28th) 1

May-20 JG/HAVegetation / botanical inventory; supplemental avifaunal survey;

Breeding bird survey # 13 8 2

May-22 JGVegetation / botanical inventory; avifaunal survey (migrants / breeding

birds).1.5 3.5

ECOPLANS Table A-1. Natural Environment Field Survey Chronology Page A -2

Page 4: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESPNatural Environment

November 2013

Trap

Set

tin

g

Po

nd

Tra

pp

ing

/

Ass

essm

ent

Pit

fall

Trap

pin

g

Am

ph

ibia

n

Rep

tile

Lep

ido

pte

ra /

Od

on

ata

Ben

thic

s

Aq

uat

ic H

abit

at

Fall

Spaw

nin

g

Date Staff Task

Feat

ure

Del

inea

tio

n

AquaticsMammalsHerpetofaunaAvifauna

Salamander Road Mortality

ELC

/ B

ota

nic

al

Bre

edin

g B

ird

Veg / Flora

Turt

le N

esti

ng

Co

ver

Bo

ard

Bad

ger

Gen

eral

Wild

life

Ow

l

Sup

ple

men

tal

(in

cl. m

igra

nt)

Am

ph

ibia

n C

allin

g

Turt

le B

aski

ng

No

ctu

rnal

MM

P

May-28 KLF/SL Calling amphibian survey # 2; Road / mortality survey 2.5 1.5

Jun-22 KLF/SL Calling amphibian survey # 3; Road / mortality survey 2.5 1.5

Jul-09 HA Breeding Bird Survey #2 8

Sept. 1 KB/BMBotanical inventory; ELC classification / description; Supplementary

avifauan survey; Odonata and Lepidoptera survey17.5 1.75 1.75

Sept. 2 KB/BM Botanical inventory; ELC classification / description 18.5

Sept. 16 KB/BM Botanical inventory; ELC classification / description 21

2010

Jan-21 JG Winter wildlife survey 3.5

Mar-09 RH/HA Nocturnal Owl Survey # 1 (Stations 1, 2, 3, and 4) 4

Mar-11 JGMigrant avifauna survey; incidental winter wildlife observations; vernal

pond reconnaissance 1 1

Mar-18 JGMigrant avifauna survey (coverage – all areas except Devil’s Creek forest /

swamp area); vernal pond habitat assessment / reconnassiance2 1

Mar-19 HA/KDVernal pond trapping reconnaissance and habitat assement; drift fence

set up reconnaissnce8 1

Mar-20 HA/RH/ KH Pitfall trap installation; migrant avifaunal survey 1.5 7

Mar-22 KH/KD/HB Pitfall and pond (minnow) trap installation / setting 14

ECOPLANS Table A-1. Natural Environment Field Survey Chronology Page A -3

Page 5: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESPNatural Environment

November 2013

Trap

Set

tin

g

Po

nd

Tra

pp

ing

/

Ass

essm

ent

Pit

fall

Trap

pin

g

Am

ph

ibia

n

Rep

tile

Lep

ido

pte

ra /

Od

on

ata

Ben

thic

s

Aq

uat

ic H

abit

at

Fall

Spaw

nin

g

Date Staff Task

Feat

ure

Del

inea

tio

n

AquaticsMammalsHerpetofaunaAvifauna

Salamander Road Mortality

ELC

/ B

ota

nic

al

Bre

edin

g B

ird

Veg / Flora

Turt

le N

esti

ng

Co

ver

Bo

ard

Bad

ger

Gen

eral

Wild

life

Ow

l

Sup

ple

men

tal

(in

cl. m

igra

nt)

Am

ph

ibia

n C

allin

g

Turt

le B

aski

ng

No

ctu

rnal

MM

P

Mar-23 KD/JH Pitfall and pond (minnow) trap survey 6 5

Mar-24 JH/SD/JGPitfall and pond (minnow) trap survey; Migrant / supplemantary avifauna

survey3 6 5

Mar-25 HA/SL Nocturnal Owl Survey # 2 (Stations 1, 2, 3, and 4) 4

Mar-27 KD/KL Pitfall and pond (minnow) trap setting 8

Mar-28KD/RCO/KD/

SLPitfall and pond (minnow) trap survey; Road / mortality Survey 3 2 2.5

Mar-29 KD/RH Pitfall and pond (minnow) trap survey 6 6

Apr-03 KH/KD Pitfall and pond (minnow) trap setting (Pond 1) 4

Apr-04 KH/KL Pitfall and pond (minnow) trap survey (Pond 1); Road / mortality survey 5 5

Apr-05 KD/JHPitfall and pond (minnow) trap survey (Pond 1); Pitfall and pond

(minnow) trap setting (Ponds 2-5)3 3.5 3.5

Apr-06 KD/CM Pitfall and pond (minnow) trap survey 8 6

Apr-07KH/LM/HB/S

D/JG

Pitfall and pond (minnow) trap survey' Supplementary avifauna survey;

Calling amphibian survey # 1; Road / mortality survey3 14 10 4 2

Apr-08HA/JH/SL/C

MPitfall and pond (minnow) trap survey 8 7

Apr-09KD/LM/HB/C

MPitfall and pond (minnow) trap survey 5 3

Apr-15 HB/AW Supplemental drift fence survey (herptile / mammal) 2.5

ECOPLANS Table A-1. Natural Environment Field Survey Chronology Page A -4

Page 6: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESPNatural Environment

November 2013

Trap

Set

tin

g

Po

nd

Tra

pp

ing

/

Ass

essm

ent

Pit

fall

Trap

pin

g

Am

ph

ibia

n

Rep

tile

Lep

ido

pte

ra /

Od

on

ata

Ben

thic

s

Aq

uat

ic H

abit

at

Fall

Spaw

nin

g

Date Staff Task

Feat

ure

Del

inea

tio

n

AquaticsMammalsHerpetofaunaAvifauna

Salamander Road Mortality

ELC

/ B

ota

nic

al

Bre

edin

g B

ird

Veg / Flora

Turt

le N

esti

ng

Co

ver

Bo

ard

Bad

ger

Gen

eral

Wild

life

Ow

l

Sup

ple

men

tal

(in

cl. m

igra

nt)

Am

ph

ibia

n C

allin

g

Turt

le B

aski

ng

No

ctu

rnal

MM

P

Apr-16HB/JH/CM/L

MPitfall and pond (minnow) trap setting 8.5

Apr-17HA/SL/JH/A

WPitfall and pond (minnow) trap survey 6 4

Apr-18 KH/KL/LM Pitfall and pond (minnow) trap survey 5 3

Apr-25 KD/AD/KH Pitfall and pond (minnow) trap setting 6

Apr-26HA/LM/HB/J

HPitfall and pond (minnow) trap survey 8

May-18 JG/KH/SLAvifauna survey (coverage – all areas); Turtle basking survey (coverage –

all wetlands); Calling amphibian survey # 22 5 2

Jun-02 RH/SD Wetland limit flagging; botanical inventory; ELC habitat assessment 3 7

Jun-03 RH/SD Wetland limit flagging; botanical inventory; ELC habitat assessment 3 7

Jun-04 RH Botanical inventory of Units 2, 3, 6, 7, 14, 15 6

Jun-07 RH/SD Wetland limit flagging; botanical inventory; ELC habitat assessment 4 12

Jun-08 HA

Breeding bird survey; turtle basking survey; supplemental vernal pond

and wetland wildlife survey; Wetland limit flagging; botanical inventory;

ELC habitat assessment

4 10 4 0.5 0.5

Jun-17 RH Wetland limit flagging 1

Jun-21 JH Odonata and Lepidoptera survey 6

Jun-22 KH/AW Calling amphibian survey # 3; Road / mortality survey 4 1 1

ECOPLANS Table A-1. Natural Environment Field Survey Chronology Page A -5

Page 7: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESPNatural Environment

November 2013

Trap

Set

tin

g

Po

nd

Tra

pp

ing

/

Ass

essm

ent

Pit

fall

Trap

pin

g

Am

ph

ibia

n

Rep

tile

Lep

ido

pte

ra /

Od

on

ata

Ben

thic

s

Aq

uat

ic H

abit

at

Fall

Spaw

nin

g

Date Staff Task

Feat

ure

Del

inea

tio

n

AquaticsMammalsHerpetofaunaAvifauna

Salamander Road Mortality

ELC

/ B

ota

nic

al

Bre

edin

g B

ird

Veg / Flora

Turt

le N

esti

ng

Co

ver

Bo

ard

Bad

ger

Gen

eral

Wild

life

Ow

l

Sup

ple

men

tal

(in

cl. m

igra

nt)

Am

ph

ibia

n C

allin

g

Turt

le B

aski

ng

No

ctu

rnal

MM

P

Jun-28 JGAvifauna survey; Odonata and Lepidoptera survey; Turtle basking survey

(coverage – south and mid/north wetlands)2 1 1

Jul-01 JG/JHBreeding bird survey; Odonata and Lepidoptera survey; Turtle basking

survey (coverage – south and mid/north wetlands)4 2 4

Jul-07 HABreeding bird survey; turtle basking survey; supplemental vernal pond

and wildlife survey; Road/mortality survey4 1 1 1

Jul-10 JH Breeding bird survey 4.5

Jul-14 KD/LM Daytime road / mortality survey (snakes and turtles) 3

Jul-26 HA/JHOdonata and lepidoptera survey; Nocturnal avifuana survey (Whip-poor-

will and Common Nighthawk target)8 5

Jul-28 RH Vegetation survey of Unit 14 – field visit cut short due to lightening 0.5

Aug-05 RH Vegetation survey / botanical inventory (Units 4, 5, 10) 6

Aug-06 RH, KD Vegetation survey / botanical inventory (Units 1 and 11) 14

Aug-17 JH, JGOdonata and Lepidoptera survey; Avifauna survey; Basking Turtle survey

(coverage – full site)4 3 8

Sep-01 JG Supplemantal avifauna survey; Lepidoptera and odonata survey 1.5 3.5

Sep-02 RH Wetland and dripline flagging (revisions based on GRCA field walk). 4

Sep-10 HA/HM Cover board set up; Reptile road / mortality survey 1.5 2.5

Sep-15 HA Badger habitat survey 4

ECOPLANS Table A-1. Natural Environment Field Survey Chronology Page A -6

Page 8: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESPNatural Environment

November 2013

Trap

Set

tin

g

Po

nd

Tra

pp

ing

/

Ass

essm

ent

Pit

fall

Trap

pin

g

Am

ph

ibia

n

Rep

tile

Lep

ido

pte

ra /

Od

on

ata

Ben

thic

s

Aq

uat

ic H

abit

at

Fall

Spaw

nin

g

Date Staff Task

Feat

ure

Del

inea

tio

n

AquaticsMammalsHerpetofaunaAvifauna

Salamander Road Mortality

ELC

/ B

ota

nic

al

Bre

edin

g B

ird

Veg / Flora

Turt

le N

esti

ng

Co

ver

Bo

ard

Bad

ger

Gen

eral

Wild

life

Ow

l

Sup

ple

men

tal

(in

cl. m

igra

nt)

Am

ph

ibia

n C

allin

g

Turt

le B

aski

ng

No

ctu

rnal

MM

P

Sep-21 HABadger habitat survey; cover board survey; Reptile road / mortality

survey2 1 1.5

Sep-30 RH Fall Botanical Survey of Units 6, 7, 8, 9, 13, 14, 15 6

Oct-01 HA Badger habitat survey; cover board survey 2 1.5

Oct-04 RH Vegetation survey of hedgerows and Units 11 and 16 6.5

Oct-07 RH, BD Vegetation survey of Units 7, 8, 13, 14 8

Oct-08 HA Cover board survey; Reptile road / mortality survey 1.5 1

Oct 27SL,

KH/RH/KD

Wetland and Dripline flagging; botanical inventory and habitat

assessment; Fall Spawning Survey (Devil’s Creek); General aquatic habitat

assessment

8 7 8 7

Oct. 28 JG Supplemental avifauna survey; Odonata and Lepidoptera survey 2 2

Nov-03 SL, KDFall Spawning Survey (Unnamed Trib); General aquatic habitat

assessment5 4

Nov-05 SL, KHFall Spawning Survey (Newman’s Creek); General aquatic habitat

assessment3 2

Nov-11 KH/KD Benthic survey reconnaissance and sampling station setup 9

Nov-23 KD, EB Benthic survey - sampling at stations B2 and B5 (VP2 & VP5) 12

Nov-24 SL, JE Fall Spawning Survey (all creeks) - 2nd round 8

Nov-29 KD, CM Benthic survey - sampling at stations B1 and B3 (VP1 & VP3) 12

ECOPLANS Table A-1. Natural Environment Field Survey Chronology Page A -7

Page 9: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESPNatural Environment

November 2013

Trap

Set

tin

g

Po

nd

Tra

pp

ing

/

Ass

essm

ent

Pit

fall

Trap

pin

g

Am

ph

ibia

n

Rep

tile

Lep

ido

pte

ra /

Od

on

ata

Ben

thic

s

Aq

uat

ic H

abit

at

Fall

Spaw

nin

g

Date Staff Task

Feat

ure

Del

inea

tio

n

AquaticsMammalsHerpetofaunaAvifauna

Salamander Road Mortality

ELC

/ B

ota

nic

al

Bre

edin

g B

ird

Veg / Flora

Turt

le N

esti

ng

Co

ver

Bo

ard

Bad

ger

Gen

eral

Wild

life

Ow

l

Sup

ple

men

tal

(in

cl. m

igra

nt)

Am

ph

ibia

n C

allin

g

Turt

le B

aski

ng

No

ctu

rnal

MM

P

Dec-02 KD, KH Benthic survey - sampling at station B4 (VP4) 8

Dec-03 SL, JE Fall Spawning Survey (all creeks) - 3rd round 11

Dec-09 KD, CMBenthic survey - sampling at stations B6 and B7 (Devil’s Creek &

Newman’s Creek)14

2011

Mar-15 HA/HM Nocturnal Owl Survey #1 4

Mar-22 KH Vernal pond reconnaissance / habitat assessment 2

Mar-31 JGMigrant avifaunal survey; general wildlife survey (coverage – wetlands;

Barrie’s Lake)2 1

Apr-01 HA/HM Nocturnal Owl Survey # 2 4

Apr-03 KD/JH Pond (minnow) trap setting (VP1) 2

Apr-04 KH/HM/KDPond (minnow) trap survey (VP1); Pond (minnow) and pitfall trap setting

(VP1 and DF3)6 1

Apr-05 KD/JH/JGMigrant avifaunal survey; general wildlife survey (coverage – wetlands;

Barrie’s Lake); Pond (minnow) and pitfall trap survey (VP1 and DF3)1.5 2 2

Apr-06 HM/KD/KL

Pond (minnow) and pitfall trap setting (VP1, DF2 and DF3); Supplemental

drift fence survey (DF1, DF2 and DF3) to check for any wildlife caught

along the fences

6 1.5

Apr-07 HA/JHPond (minnow) and pitfall trap survey (VP1, DF2 and DF3); supplemental

drift fence survey (DF1)2 2

Apr-08 KH, HM/JG

Migrant avifaunal survey; general wildlife survey (coverage – wetlands;

Barrie’s Lake); Pond (minnow) and pitfall trap survey (VP1, DF2 and DF3);

supplemental drift fence survey (DF1)

2.5 3 2 0.5

ECOPLANS Table A-1. Natural Environment Field Survey Chronology Page A -8

Page 10: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESPNatural Environment

November 2013

Trap

Set

tin

g

Po

nd

Tra

pp

ing

/

Ass

essm

ent

Pit

fall

Trap

pin

g

Am

ph

ibia

n

Rep

tile

Lep

ido

pte

ra /

Od

on

ata

Ben

thic

s

Aq

uat

ic H

abit

at

Fall

Spaw

nin

g

Date Staff Task

Feat

ure

Del

inea

tio

n

AquaticsMammalsHerpetofaunaAvifauna

Salamander Road Mortality

ELC

/ B

ota

nic

al

Bre

edin

g B

ird

Veg / Flora

Turt

le N

esti

ng

Co

ver

Bo

ard

Bad

ger

Gen

eral

Wild

life

Ow

l

Sup

ple

men

tal

(in

cl. m

igra

nt)

Am

ph

ibia

n C

allin

g

Turt

le B

aski

ng

No

ctu

rnal

MM

P

Apr-09 HA, CM Pond (minnow) and pitfall trap survey (VP1, DF1, DF2 and DF3) 3 2

Apr-10 KD, RH Pond (minnow) and pitfall trap survey (VP1, DF1, DF2 and DF3) 3 2

Apr-11 HA, JH Pond (minnow) and pitfall trap survey (VP1, DF1, DF2 and DF3) 3 3

Apr-12 KH, KD, KLPond (minnow) and pitfall trap survey (VP1, DF1, DF2 and DF3); Calling

amphibian survey #1 (Stn 1-10); Road / mortality survey3 3 3 1.5

Apr-13 KD, HM Pond (minnow) and pitfall trap survey (VP1, DF1, DF2 and DF3) 3 3

Apr-14 HM, JH Pond (minnow) and pitfall trap survey (VP1, DF1, DF2 and DF3) 3 3

Apr-15 HA, HD Pond (minnow) and pitfall trap survey (VP1, DF1, DF2 and DF3) 2 2

Apr-16 JH, AD Pond (minnow) and pitfall trap survey (VP1, DF1, DF2 and DF3) 2 2

Apr-17 JH, JE Pond (minnow) and pitfall trap survey (VP1, DF1, DF2 and DF3) 2 2

Apr-18 HA, LM Pond (minnow) and pitfall trap survey (VP1, DF1, DF2 and DF3) 2.5 2.5

Apr-19 KD, LM Pond (minnow) and pitfall trap survey (VP1, DF1, DF2 and DF3) 2 2

Apr-20 KD, LM Pond (minnow) and pitfall trap survey (VP1, DF1, DF2 and DF3) 3 3

Apr-21 HA, LM Pond (minnow) and pitfall trap survey (VP1, DF1, DF2 and DF3) 2.5 2.5

Apr-22 KH, HMSupplemental drift fence survey (DF1, DF2 and DF3) to check for any

wildlife caught along the fences2

ECOPLANS Table A-1. Natural Environment Field Survey Chronology Page A -9

Page 11: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESPNatural Environment

November 2013

Trap

Set

tin

g

Po

nd

Tra

pp

ing

/

Ass

essm

ent

Pit

fall

Trap

pin

g

Am

ph

ibia

n

Rep

tile

Lep

ido

pte

ra /

Od

on

ata

Ben

thic

s

Aq

uat

ic H

abit

at

Fall

Spaw

nin

g

Date Staff Task

Feat

ure

Del

inea

tio

n

AquaticsMammalsHerpetofaunaAvifauna

Salamander Road Mortality

ELC

/ B

ota

nic

al

Bre

edin

g B

ird

Veg / Flora

Turt

le N

esti

ng

Co

ver

Bo

ard

Bad

ger

Gen

eral

Wild

life

Ow

l

Sup

ple

men

tal

(in

cl. m

igra

nt)

Am

ph

ibia

n C

allin

g

Turt

le B

aski

ng

No

ctu

rnal

MM

P

Apr-23 HA, LM, HMSupplemental drift fence survey (DF1, DF2 and DF3) to check for any

wildlife caught along the fences; Turtle basking survey4 3

Apr-25 KH, KD, RHWetland Flagging: Reflagged southern projection of central wetland

(VP2); Pitfall trap setting (VP1, DF1, DF2 and DF3)1 4

Apr-26 HA, LM Pitfall trap survey (DF1, DF2 and DF3); pond trap setting (VP1) 1 3 3

Apr-27 HA, LM Pond (minnow) and pitfall trap survey (VP1, DF1, DF2 and DF3) 5 5

Apr-28 KH, CM Pond (minnow) and pitfall trap survey (VP1, DF1, DF2 and DF3) 5 4

Apr-29 JG Migrant avifaunal survey (full coverage); turtle basking survey (ponds) 2 2

May-04 HA, HM Setting out replacement coverboards 4

May-11 JG Migrant avifaunal survey (full coverage); turtle basking survey (ponds) 2 2

May-13 HM Turtle basking survey 3

May-17 KD, CMBenthic survey - sampling at stations B6 and B7 (Devil’s Creek &

Newman’s Creek)12

May-19 KH, LM Calling amphibian survey #2 (Stn 1-10); Cover board survey 4 1

May-20 HA Cover board survey 2

May-25 HA, HM Badger habitat survey; Breeding bird survey #1 9 8

May-27 KD, LM Road / mortality survey 3

ECOPLANS Table A-1. Natural Environment Field Survey Chronology Page A -10

Page 12: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESPNatural Environment

November 2013

Trap

Set

tin

g

Po

nd

Tra

pp

ing

/

Ass

essm

ent

Pit

fall

Trap

pin

g

Am

ph

ibia

n

Rep

tile

Lep

ido

pte

ra /

Od

on

ata

Ben

thic

s

Aq

uat

ic H

abit

at

Fall

Spaw

nin

g

Date Staff Task

Feat

ure

Del

inea

tio

n

AquaticsMammalsHerpetofaunaAvifauna

Salamander Road Mortality

ELC

/ B

ota

nic

al

Bre

edin

g B

ird

Veg / Flora

Turt

le N

esti

ng

Co

ver

Bo

ard

Bad

ger

Gen

eral

Wild

life

Ow

l

Sup

ple

men

tal

(in

cl. m

igra

nt)

Am

ph

ibia

n C

allin

g

Turt

le B

aski

ng

No

ctu

rnal

MM

P

May-31 HM Turtle basking survey 2.25

Jun-01 BD, RH, HMVegetation inventory of Units 3, 14, 15 (with focus on Hawthorns); Cover

board survey 5 2.5

Jun-08 HA Breeding bird survey; Turtle nesting survey 5 3.5

Jun-09 BD Vegetation assessment / botanical inventory 3

Jun-20 HM Turtle nesting survey 4.25

Jun-21 KH/KD Calling amphibian survey #3; Road / mortality survey 4 1.5

Jun-23 HA/JH Marsh Bird Monitoring survey; Cover board survey; Insect survey 7 5 4

Jun-28 HA Turtle nesting survey 3

Jul-07 HM Cover board survey 4

Jul-12 HM Marsh Bird Monitoring survey 6

Jul-18 BD/KH Wetland delineation; botanical inventory and ELC assessment 8 8

Jul-25 JH Lepidoptera and Odonata survey 8

Jul-26 HM Cover board survey 3.5

Aug-11 HM Cover board survey 3

ECOPLANS Table A-1. Natural Environment Field Survey Chronology Page A -11

Page 13: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESPNatural Environment

November 2013

Trap

Set

tin

g

Po

nd

Tra

pp

ing

/

Ass

essm

ent

Pit

fall

Trap

pin

g

Am

ph

ibia

n

Rep

tile

Lep

ido

pte

ra /

Od

on

ata

Ben

thic

s

Aq

uat

ic H

abit

at

Fall

Spaw

nin

g

Date Staff Task

Feat

ure

Del

inea

tio

n

AquaticsMammalsHerpetofaunaAvifauna

Salamander Road Mortality

ELC

/ B

ota

nic

al

Bre

edin

g B

ird

Veg / Flora

Turt

le N

esti

ng

Co

ver

Bo

ard

Bad

ger

Gen

eral

Wild

life

Ow

l

Sup

ple

men

tal

(in

cl. m

igra

nt)

Am

ph

ibia

n C

allin

g

Turt

le B

aski

ng

No

ctu

rnal

MM

P

Aug-25 HM/JH Cover board survey; Lepidoptera and Odonata survey 3.5 8.5

Sep-12 BD Vegetation survey and botanical inventory (hedgerows and Unit 16) 7

Sep-13 BD Soils check at Veg Unit 16 1.5

Sep-16 HM Cover board survey 3.5

Oct-07 HM Cover board survey 3.5

Oct-28 HM Cover board survey 3.5

Nov-01 JG Vegetation - ELC habitat refinements; supplemental wildlife 3 1

Nov-02 JE/KDFall Spawning Survey 1 (Devil’s Creek, Newman's Creek, Un-named

Tributary)5.5

Nov-04 HD Vegetation / habitat refinements; botanical inventory 7

Nov-12 JE/KDFall Spawning Survey 2 (Devil’s Creek, Newman's Creek, Un-named

Tributary)5.5

Dec-08 JE/KDFall Spawning Survey 3 (Devil’s Creek, Newman's Creek, Un-named

Tributary) and Habitat Mapping9.75

Dec-12 JE/KD Habitat Mapping 5

2012

Feb-23 BD Forest assessment for old growth attributes 7

ECOPLANS Table A-1. Natural Environment Field Survey Chronology Page A -12

Page 14: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESPNatural Environment

November 2013

Trap

Set

tin

g

Po

nd

Tra

pp

ing

/

Ass

essm

ent

Pit

fall

Trap

pin

g

Am

ph

ibia

n

Rep

tile

Lep

ido

pte

ra /

Od

on

ata

Ben

thic

s

Aq

uat

ic H

abit

at

Fall

Spaw

nin

g

Date Staff Task

Feat

ure

Del

inea

tio

n

AquaticsMammalsHerpetofaunaAvifauna

Salamander Road Mortality

ELC

/ B

ota

nic

al

Bre

edin

g B

ird

Veg / Flora

Turt

le N

esti

ng

Co

ver

Bo

ard

Bad

ger

Gen

eral

Wild

life

Ow

l

Sup

ple

men

tal

(in

cl. m

igra

nt)

Am

ph

ibia

n C

allin

g

Turt

le B

aski

ng

No

ctu

rnal

MM

P

Mar-20 JG Avifauna - migrant / winter survey (entire site) 3

Mar-21 BD Veg./ habitat refinements; botanical inventory (Barrie's Lake) 3

Aug-28 JE Habitat Mapping of Racine Pond 5.75

2013

Apr-17 JG Reconnaissance - habitat evaluation, supplementary avifauna 4

Apr-23 BD Wetland evaluation VU16, VU18

May-17 BD Edge assessment

Jul-24 BD Check status of Persicaria punctatum, VU17

Jul-31 RH Wetland Confirmation

Total # field dates 171 28 9 14 4 1 2 17 18 49 36 13 10 3 16 14 5 4 6 6 4 10 11

Total # hours 1283 185 57 69 16 8 13 37.8 127 249 120 51 21.3 10.8 46 26.5 8.5 15 7.5 67 23 63.5 51.8

ECOPLANS Table A-1. Natural Environment Field Survey Chronology Page A -13

Page 15: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

APPENDIX B - AQUATIC SURVEY RESULTS

Page 16: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY
Page 17: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY
Page 18: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY
Page 19: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY
Page 20: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY
Page 21: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY
Page 22: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY
Page 23: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY
Page 24: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Ministry of Transportation

Environmental Guide for Fish and Fish Habitat

NAME OF WATERBODY:

vPCROSSING #:

——

STATIg__

DATE: DD-MMM-YY

lOd depth (cm)6w width

Iiffle flcRun/Glide

D PoolIsland/Bar

Fine Substrate### Gravel Substrate

oOooO Cobble /Boulder* * * Debris

CT CattailSVIFV Submerg/Float Veg

EV Emergent VegetationW Watercress

Fe Iron Staining1111111 Eroded Bank

XXX Riprap / OtherStabilization

D Instream Log/TreeAAA Dam/Weir/Obstruction

© Riparian Tree

F Seep/SpringUndercut Bank

— Barrier to Fish Movement-S- Seasonal Barrier

-x--x- Fence lineCulvert

SECTION IDENTIFIER: - SECTION LOCATION: SECTION LENGTH (m): SCALE (cmlm):

\J-

PROJECT#:bcn

= MAPPER- V

- / -- --

Zrz J

H7 ii—

/

1---—--—

/

TF)ô

((I

1

ck(

LEGEND

/E17

I

.‘— ),,•• A

/,u r

Horz. Scale r—3 1ROE:.

- j4Li

s

-

(cC4i-\ fQC

Vert. Scale5ry

r35iIC’ /c%

(JA t1Z

— \iOot% --cZ bi- C-

Page 25: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Ministry of Transportation

Environmental Guide for Fish and Fish Habitat

31.

MISL

STATION #:

DD-MMM-YY

lOd depth (cm)6w width -

— Riffle f-k-fRun/Glide

E PoolIs!apd/Bar

-:;. 7Fine Substrate

### Gravel Substrate

oOqoO Cobble /Boulder, Debris

CT CattailSVIFV Submerg/Float Veg

EV Emergent VegetationW Watercress

Ie Iron Staining1111111 Eroded Bank

XXX Riprap I OtherStabilization

Instream Log/TreeAAA Damiweir/Obstruction

SECTION IDENTIFIER: SECTION LOCATION: j SECTION LENGTH (m): SCALE (cm I m):

vQLj viA’_C-O

I, PROJECT#:

a.--’:-/ - — - -

— MAPPER2? r -

NAME OF WATERBODY:

VPLICROSSING #:

(-__±

A

-

I’—

Cr

I

I)- L

1—

Jj

PROJ

—-

ILE: i Horz.caIe 5q Sc.ale

Y\

i I rt9LS

— pk-\\\L -ck

__IS’!j

CP

_ © Riparian Tree

j-* Seep/SpringUndercut Bank

Barrier to Fish Movement.S. Seasonal Barrier

‘x--x- Fence lineL.J Culvert

LfL&

__

Page 26: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Ministry of Transportation

Environmental Guide for Fish and Fish Habitat

LEGEND

lCd depth (cm)6w width _17Q.A.

-4ffflc Run/Glide

D PoolIsland/Bar

Fine Substrate### Gravel Substrate

oOooO Cobble /Boulder* * * Debris

Subm erg/Float Veg

EV Emergent VegetationW Watercress

Iron StaininIll Erodednk

XXX Riprap / Other, Stabilization

Oinstream Log/Tree“i”. Dam/Weir/Obstruction

© Riparian Tree

4 Seep/SpringUndercut Bank

Barrier to Fish Movement-S- Seasonal Barrier

-x--x- Fence lineU Culvert

cl

Page 27: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Ministry of TransportationEnvironmental Guide for Fish and Fish Habitat

SECTION IDENTIFIER. SECTION LOCATION: — SECTION LENGTH (m): I SCALE (cmlm):r Lc- oi&1i oQ,øjM ooj O(’\ J

PROJECT #:

3oo-O’(MAPPER:

NAME OF WATERBODY:

CROSSING #:

-;- E7t t--*,

I -

I -._i- ____; -‘ -.4 -- - - -

2

___4

--

it-rt-

.._.,-----.i---—--_. I -J

STATION #:

,/DATE: DD-MMM-YY

j- )-—DC—(fI

/

1•1 \L.—’i*j) \A

çi —1— -,

EEL IDI -J -- j

I

/

LEGEND

lOd depth (cm)6w width —kk

Run/Glide

PooIIsland/Bar

Fine Substrate### Gravel Substrate

oOooO Cobble /Boulder* * * Debris

CT CattailSVIFV Submerg/Float Veg

EV Emergent VegetationW Watercress

Fe Iron Staining111111! Eroded Bank

XXX Riprap / OtherStabilization

) Instream Log/TreeAAA Dam/Weir/Obstruction

© Riparian Tree

Seep/SpringUndercut Bank

— Barrier to Fish Movement-5- Seasonal Barrier

-x--x- Fence lineCulvert

Sc

zr’zEzi1N*

(ScC J

kI:Jri-L.lA ocb,-4 !d I‘I ek(o-, 5> CT.Lp-fr\

•-

s( VJ

Page 28: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

APPENDIX C – BENTHIC PROTOCOLS, SAMPLING EFFORT AND DATA

Page 29: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Natural Environment – Benthic Methodology

ECOPLANS Page C-1

Benthic Methodology – Surveys and Analyses

Field and Lab Protocols

OBBN Protocol Manual Methodology

The sampling and assessment protocol used in this study is based on the Ontario Benthos Biomonitoring Network (OBBN) Protocol Manual (December 2005) developed by Environment Canada’s National Water Research Institute and the Ontario Ministry of the Environment. Sampling was undertaken by qualified staff, trained in the OBBN methodology. Sampling methodology varied for watercourses and wetlands/ponds; each is discussed below.

Watercourses were sampled within a sampling “reach”, defined as an area large enough to encompass three transects comprised of two riffles and one pool (as applicable to survey areas). The sampling technique was a traveling kick and sweep method using a “D” frame dipnet (mesh 500 μm). The dipnet was placed in the substrate downstream of the surveyor while the surveyor vigorously kicked the substrate to disturb it to a depth of approximately 5 cm. The surveyor swept the net back and forth close to the area being disturbed so that dislodged invertebrates were carried downstream into the net. The surveyor traveled from one bank to the other, traversing the entire transect at least once for a total of 3 minutes. After 3 minutes, samples were sieved into a bucket and transferred to mason jars for transport back to the lab. Sampling was carried out in each of the three transects, and the invertebrates collected in each of these subsamples were pooled to make up one sample for each reach. Active sampling time and length of transects surveyed were recorded. The locations of each transect were recorded using GPS, and representative photographs were taken at each site.

Wetlands and waterbodies (i.e. lakes and ponds) were sampled using “segments”, each segment contained several transects or grab locations which comprised one sample or replicate. Three segments were sampled per wetland or per impact area and control site. The sampling technique was dependent on the substrate. Stable or mineral substrates (sand, gravel, cobble) were sampled using a traveling kick and sweep method along transects perpendicular to the edge of the wetland; soft, unstable sediments (e.g. muck or organics) were sampled using a jab and sweep technique. In the kick and sweet method, the surveyor walked a transect, vigorously kicking the substrate to disturb it to a depth of approximately 5 cm. Alternatively, using the jab and sweep method, the surveyor used the net to disturb the substrate to disturb it to a depth of approximately 5 cm. In both techniques, after disturbing the substrates, the surveyor swept the net through the water column in the area being disturbed so that dislodged invertebrates were captured in the net. Both techniques used a “D” frame dipnet (mesh 500 μm). Sampling was undertaken for a total of 10 minutes or until a sample of 100 animals was collected. Samples were then sieved into a bucket and transferred to mason jars for transport back to the lab.

Sorting was conducted using the “Bucket Method” of sub-sampling, per OBBNPM (Jones et al. 2007). With sub-sampling, samples were sieving into a large container, swirled to randomly distribute contents and then a small quantity was randomly removed using a spoon or ladle. Spoonfuls of sample were removed and sorted until at least 100 animals were obtained. To avoid biased picking for larger or more

Page 30: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Natural Environment – Benthic Methodology

ECOPLANS Page C-2

visible animals, each spoonful taken from the bucket was sorted in full – thus, the results were usually based on counts of more than 100 animals for each station. The buckets were weighed before and after the sub-sample was extracted to quantify relative abundance based on weight of substrates. Large rocks and organic debris were removed before the initial weighing to avoid skewing the weight differences among samples. During sorting, benthics were immediately transferred to small vials and preserved in 75-85% Ethanol until identification.

In the lab, benthic invertebrates were fixed in buffered formalin (10%) and transferred to 100% ethanol approximately 24-48 hours following the initial survey to prevent calcareous shells from dissolving. The preserved benthic macroinvertebrate samples are then sorted and counted. At a minimum, all individuals have been identified to a mix of Classes, Orders, Suborders and Families (27 groups as outlined in the OBBN protocol). Some macroinvertebrates have been identified to lower taxonomic levels (Family/Genus/Species), as required for some of the analytical indices used. Once identified, metrics / indices were calculated and used to characterize the benthic macroinvertebrate community.

Data Analysis

Counts

Taxa Richness - Number of taxa. The number of taxa generally increases with habitat diversity and water quality.

EPT Taxa Richness – Number of taxa from the orders Ephemeroptera (mayflies), Plecoptera (stoneflies) and Trichoptera (caddisflies). These insect groups are considered to be sensitive to pollution (i.e. “intolerant”) and therefore should increase in abundance / diversity with improved water quality.

Dominant/Subdominant Taxa- Highest and second highest number of taxa sampled.

Compositional Indices

Percent Oligochaetes – Percent composition of a community by aquatic worms. Aquatic worms are generally thought to increase in areas affected by pollutants.

Percent Hirudinea - Percent composition of a community by leeches. This class is mainly comprised of highly tolerant organisms.

Percent Amphipoda - Percent composition of a community by scuds. This class is mainly comprised of highly tolerant organisms.

Percent Chironomidae - Percent composition of a community by larval midges (a family within the order Diptera). This family is mainly comprised of highly tolerant organisms.

Percent EPT - Percent composition of a community by taxa from the orders Ephemeroptera (mayflies), Plecoptera (stoneflies) and Trichoptera (caddisflies). These groups of taxa are considered to be sensitive to pollution (i.e. “intolerant”) and therefore should increase in abundance / diversity with improved water quality.

Page 31: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Natural Environment – Benthic Methodology

ECOPLANS Page C-3

Percent Functional Feeding Groups – the percent composition of a community by Collector-filterers, Collector-gatherers, Predators, Scrapers and Shredders. Feeding groups can provide an indication of habitat conditions. As well, some groups respond to toxic effects differently.

Diversity Indices

Shannon Wiener Index (H’) - is a diversity index used to measure diversity in categorical data. This index takes into account the number of species and the evenness of the species. The index is increased either by having additional unique species or by having greater species evenness. The value of H’ has been found to generally range from 1.5 (low species richness and evenness) to 3.5 (high species richness and evenness) in natural systems (MacDonald 2003). This index is calculated as:

))(ln(' ii ppH

Where “pi” is the proportion of individuals in the “ith” taxon of the community and “s” is the total number of taxa in the community. As the number and distribution of taxa increases, so does the value of “H”.

Biotic Indices

Biotic Index (BI) - originally developed by Hilsenhoff (1987) to assign a single “tolerance value” to a community based on an average of the species-level “tolerance values” of each individual (Mandaville 2002). The single value is an average of all the tolerance values of the invertebrates represented at the genus/species level. Tolerance values are a measure of an organism’s tolerance to organic pollution and range from 0 (very intolerant) to 10 (highly tolerant). See Table 1 for a breakdown of the Biotic Index values and meanings. The Biotic Index is calculated as:

xi = number of individuals within a taxon ti = tolerance value of a taxon

n = total number of organisms in the sample

Family Biotic Index (FBI) - was originally developed by Hilsenhoff (1982) adapted from Hilsenhoff’s original Biotic Index to assign a single “tolerance value” to a community based on an average of the family-level “tolerance values” of each individual (Mandaville 2002). The single value is an average of all the tolerance values of the invertebrates represented at the family level. Tolerance values are a measure of an organism’s tolerance to organic pollution and range from 0 (very intolerant) to 10 (highly tolerant). See Table 2 for a breakdown of the Biotic Index values and meanings. The Family Biotic Index was calculated as:

xi = number of individuals within a taxon ti = tolerance value of a taxon

ntx

BI ii

ntxFBI ii

Page 32: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Natural Environment – Benthic Methodology

ECOPLANS Page C-4

n = total number of organisms in the sample

Table A-1 Biotic Index. Reproduced from Hilsenhoff 1987.

Biotic Index Water Quality Degree of Organic Pollution 0.00-3.5 Excellent No apparent organic pollution 3.51-4.50 Very good Possible slight organic pollution 4.51-5.50 Good Some organic pollution 5.51-6.50 Fair Fairly significant organic pollution 6.51-7.50 Fairly poor Significant organic pollution 7.51-8.50 Poor Very significant organic pollution 8.51-10.00 Very poor Severe organic pollution

Table A-2 Family Biotic Index. Reproduced form Hilsenhoff 1988

Family Biotic Index Water Quality Degree of Organic Pollution 0.00-3.75 Excellent Organic pollution unlikely 3.76-4.25 Very good Possible slight organic pollution 4.26-5.00 Good Some organic pollution probable 5.01-5.75 Fair Fairly substantial pollution likely 5.76-6.50 Fairly poor Substantial pollution likely 6.51-7.25 Poor Very substantial pollution likely 7.26-10.00 Very poor Severe organic pollution likely

Page 33: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

APPENDIX D – BENTHIC SURVEY RESULTS

Page 34: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Natural Environment – Benthic Sampling and Results

ECOPLANS Page D-1

Table D-1: Benthic Survey Sampling Effort Summary (2010-2011)

Station Date Field Sampling

Effort Weight

Before (kg) Weight After

(kg) Sub-Sample

Size Est. % Sub-Sampled

Fall 2010

Pond 1

1-1 Nov. 29 3 jabs 3.80 2.50 95 34

1-2 Nov. 29 3 jabs 2.85 2.00 91 30

1-3 Nov. 29 3 jabs 1.75 1.15 101 34

Pond 2

2-1 Nov. 23 3 jabs 1.65 1.05 124 36

2-2 Nov. 23 3 jabs 1.55 0.90 113 42

2-3 Nov. 23 3 jabs 2.50 0.35 110 86

Pond 3

3-1 Nov. 29 3 jabs 1.75 1.25 115 29

3-2 Nov. 29 3 jabs 2.15 1.50 109 30

3-3 Nov. 29 3 jabs 2.40 1.90 133 21

Pond 4

4-1 Dec. 2 3 jabs 1.95 1.20 115 38

4-2 Dec. 2 3 jabs 1.75 1.00 123 43

4-3 Dec. 2 3 jabs 2.50 1.85 116 26

Pond 5

5-1 Nov. 23 2 jabs 1.70 1.30 125 24

5-2 Nov. 23 2 jabs 1.65 1.30 144 21

5-3 Nov. 23 2 jabs 1.50 1.45 94 3

Devil's Creek

6-1 Dec. 9 3:00 min 1.80 1.25 111 31

6-2 Dec. 9 3:00 min 2.80 1.60 121 43

6-3 Dec. 9 3:00 min 3.00 1.20 120 60

Newman's Creek

7-1 Dec. 9 3:00 min 0.90 0.75 119 17

7-2 Dec. 9 1:30 min 1.00 0.90 118 10

7-3 Dec. 9 1:30 min 0.50 0.45 109 10

Spring 2011

Devil's Creek

6-1 May 17 3:00 min 1.00 0.75 121 25

6-2 May 17 3:00 min 1.00 0.50 125 50

6-3 May 17 3:00 min 0.80 0.35 124 56

Newman's Creek

7-1 May 17 3:00 min 0.50 0.40 130 20

7-2 May 17 3:00 min 0.70 0.65 188 7

7-3 May 17 3:00 min 0.65 0.50 151 23

Fall 2011

Pond 1

1-1 Nov. 21 3 jabs 1.70 0.70 110 59

1-2 Nov. 21 3 jabs 1.67 1.46 101 13

1-3 Nov. 21 3 jabs 2.65 2.36 103 11

Pond 2

2-1 Dec. 8 3 jabs 0.90 0.85 124 6

2-2 Dec. 8 3 jabs 1.10 0.80 121 27

2-3 Dec. 8 3 jabs 1.95 0.50 65 74

Pond 3

3-1 Nov. 24 3 jabs 1.90 1.60 110 16

3-2 Nov. 24 3 jabs 2.80 2.50 167 11

3-3 Nov. 24 3 jabs 2.40 2.20 115 8

Pond 4

4-1 Dec. 1 3 jabs 2.00 1.50 117 25

4-2 Dec. 1 3 jabs 2.65 1.50 114 43

4-3 Dec. 1 3 jabs 2.50 1.95 121 22

Pond 5

5-1 Nov. 16 2 jabs 2.15 0.00 53 100

5-2 Nov. 16 2 jabs 1.20 1.10 121 8

5-3 Nov. 16 2 jabs 3.20 3.15 163 2

Barrie's Lake

8-1 Dec. 13 3 jabs 1.22 1.12 104 9

8-2 Dec. 13 3 jabs 1.18 1.01 99 14

8-3 Dec. 13 3 jabs 0.89 0.58 100 34

Page 35: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Natural Environment - Benthic Sampling and Results

Page D-2 ECOPLANS

Table D-2: Benthic Survey Data – Wetlands (2010-2011)

Taxa

HB

I Val

ue

Fee

din

g G

rou

p WETLANDS

Pond 1 Pond 2 Pond 3 Pond 4 Pond 5 Barrie's Lake

2010 2011 2010 2011 2010 2011 2010 2011 2010 2011 2011

1-1

1-2

1-3

1 T

ota

l

1-1

1-2

1-3

1 T

ota

l

2-1

2-2

2-3

2 T

ota

l

2-1

2-2

2-3

2 T

ota

l

3-1

3-2

3-3

3 T

ota

l

3-1

3-2

3-3

3 T

ota

l

4-1

4-2

4-3

4 T

ota

l

4-1

4-2

4-3

4 T

ota

l

5-1

5-2

5-3

5 T

ota

l

5-1

5-2

5-3

5 T

ota

l

8-1

8-2

8-3

8 T

OTA

L

NEMATA 5 c-g 3 21 24 1 2 3

ANNELIDA - -

Hirudinea - -

Erpobdellidae 10 prd 1 1 2 1 2 2 5 7 8 1 16 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1

Erpobdella punctata 10 prd 29 19 16 64 1 3 4 1 7 4 12 1 1 2 1 3 5 1 6 1 1 2 1 1

Nephelopsis obscura 10 prd 1 1

Glossiphoniidae 8 prd 2 1 3 2 2 2 2

Glossiphonia complanata 8 prd 4 3 7 1 1

Helobdella stagnalis 8 prd 1 1 1 1 3 5 1 2 3 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 6 6 1 1

Placobdella 6 prd 2 3 5 1 1

Theromyzon 10 prd 1 3 4

Oligochaeta 8 c-g

Enchytraeidae 10 c-g 4 4 2 1 3

Lumbricidae 6 c-g

Lumbriculidae 5 c-g

Lumbriculus 5 c-g 53 30 31 114 9 7 14 30 1 1 3 2 5 2 2 9 10 1 20 7 15 22 1 1 2 2 1 3 4

Stylodrilus heringianus 5 c-g

Naididae 8 c-g

Dero nivea 10 c-g 2 2 1 1 2 2

Haemonais waldvogeli 8 c-g 4 4 1 1

Tubificidae 10 c-g 3 2 5 21 12 6 39 41 4 2 47 23 3 4 30

Branchiura sowerbyi 6 c-g 4 4

Limnodrilus claparedianus

10 c-g 3 3 11 2 13

Limnodrilus hoffmeisteri 10 c-g 2 2 21 1 22 2 1 3

Limnodrilus udekemianus

10 c-g 6 6 1 1

Tasserkidrilus harmani 10 c-g 2 2

Tubifex tubifex 10 c-g

ARTHROPODA

Arachnida 6 prd

Trombidiformes - -

Hydrodromidae 6 prd

Hydrodroma 6 prd 9 1 10

Limnesiidae 6 prd

Limnesia 6 prd 3 3

Unionicolidae 6 prd

Unionicola 6 prd 1 1

Malacostraca

Amphipoda 4 c-g

Crangonyctidae 6 -

Crangonyx 6 c-g 4 4 2 2

Hyalellidae 8 -

Hyalella 8 c-g 37 51 12 100 4 6 5 15 103 50 121 274 4 29 9 42 29 35 64 128 14 7 13 34 28 52 16 96 47 111 158 3 3

Isopoda 8 c-g

Asellidae 8 c-g

Page 36: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Natural Environment - Benthic Sampling and Results

Page D-3 ECOPLANS

Table D-2: Benthic Survey Data – Wetlands (2010-2011)

Taxa

HB

I Val

ue

Fee

din

g G

rou

p WETLANDS

Pond 1 Pond 2 Pond 3 Pond 4 Pond 5 Barrie's Lake

2010 2011 2010 2011 2010 2011 2010 2011 2010 2011 2011

1-1

1-2

1-3

1 T

ota

l

1-1

1-2

1-3

1 T

ota

l

2-1

2-2

2-3

2 T

ota

l

2-1

2-2

2-3

2 T

ota

l

3-1

3-2

3-3

3 T

ota

l

3-1

3-2

3-3

3 T

ota

l

4-1

4-2

4-3

4 T

ota

l

4-1

4-2

4-3

4 T

ota

l

5-1

5-2

5-3

5 T

ota

l

5-1

5-2

5-3

5 T

ota

l

8-1

8-2

8-3

8 T

OTA

L

Caecidotea 8 c-g

Insecta

Coleoptera - prd

Dytiscidae 5 prd 2 2 1 1

Colymbetes 5 prd 3 3

Hygrotus 5 prd 1 1

Neoporus 5 prd 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 3 3 3 1 1

Haliplidae 5 shr

Haliplus 5 shr 1 1 2 1 3 6 6 2 2 2 2 1 1

Hydrophilidae 5 prd

Paracymus 5 prd

Noteridae - prd

Suphisellus - prd 1 1

Diptera - - 1 1 1 1

Ceratopogonidae 6 prd

Bezzia 6 prd 4 5 9 15 15 3 33 6 17 53 76 19 37 18 74 4 28 2 34 12 15 3 30 26 2 1 29 15 28 5 48 12 2 2 16 20 2 5 27 1 20 18 39

Ceratopogon 6 prd

Culicoides 10 prd 2 2 4 6 1 7 1 1 2 2 1 12 13

Dasyhelea 6 c-g 1 1 3 1 2 6 3 1 1 5 2 2 2 6 1 9 40 5 45 3 3 6

Mallochohelea 6 prd

Probezzia 6 prd

Serromyia 6 prd 2 2 1 1

Sphaeromias 6 prd 1 1 1 1

Chaoboridae 8 prd

Chaoborus americanus 8 prd 1 2 3 1 1 3 3 1 1

Chaoborus flavicans 8 prd 20 20

Chironomidae 6 c-g

Chironominae 6 c-g

Chironomus 10 c-g 6 5 11 2 2 75 23 79 177 4 28 7 39 1 6 61 68 28 2 27 57 32 8 40 1 1

Cladopelma 9 c-g 1 2 3

Cryptochironomus 8 prd

Dicrotendipes 8 c-g 2 1 5 8 1 18 8 27 1 53 3 57 1 1 1 3 4 3 14 4 21 2 1 3 4 1 6 11

Einfeldia 9 c-g 7 7 2 2 2 2

Endochironomus 10 shr 1 2 3 1 1 3 3 1 1 1 1 6 6 7 4 11

Glyptotendipes 10 shr 2 7 9 1 2 3 6 4 1 18 23 2 1 3 7 1 8

Kiefferulus 10 c-g 1 1

Micropsectra 7 c-g 1 1

Omisus 6 c-g 1 1

Parachironomus 10 prd 1 1 4 4

Paratanytarsus 6 c-f 1 1 2 1 9 2 12 1 1 1 1 2 9 9 24 12 9 45

Paratendipes 8 c-g 3 1 4 3 3 1 1 5 5

Polypedilum 6 shr 1 4 5 6 16 22 8 8 4 11 4 19 2 3 4 9 6 2 8 11 12 23 3 1 4 1 9 8 18

Polypedilum flavum 6 shr 1 1

Polypedilum halterale 6 shr 2 2

Polypedilum sordens 6 shr 2 2

Page 37: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Natural Environment - Benthic Sampling and Results

Page D-4 ECOPLANS

Table D-2: Benthic Survey Data – Wetlands (2010-2011)

Taxa

HB

I Val

ue

Fee

din

g G

rou

p WETLANDS

Pond 1 Pond 2 Pond 3 Pond 4 Pond 5 Barrie's Lake

2010 2011 2010 2011 2010 2011 2010 2011 2010 2011 2011

1-1

1-2

1-3

1 T

ota

l

1-1

1-2

1-3

1 T

ota

l

2-1

2-2

2-3

2 T

ota

l

2-1

2-2

2-3

2 T

ota

l

3-1

3-2

3-3

3 T

ota

l

3-1

3-2

3-3

3 T

ota

l

4-1

4-2

4-3

4 T

ota

l

4-1

4-2

4-3

4 T

ota

l

5-1

5-2

5-3

5 T

ota

l

5-1

5-2

5-3

5 T

ota

l

8-1

8-2

8-3

8 T

OTA

L

Pseudochironomus 5 c-g 11 1 12 1 3 4 1 5 6 2 2 3 2 5 3 3 1 1

Tanytarsus 6 c-f 1 28 1 30 1 1 1 1 1 3

Zavreliella 6 c-g 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Diamesinae 2 c-g

Diamesa 5 c-g

Pagastia 1 c-g

Orthocladiinae 5 c-g

Chaetocladius 6 c-g

Corynoneura 7 c-g

Cricotopus 7 shr 1 1 1 1

Diplocladius 8 c-g

Eukiefferiella 8 c-g

Heterotrissocladius 4 c-g

Limnophyes 8 c-g 1 4 1 6 2 2 1 1

Orthocladius 6 c-g 1 1

Parachaetocladius 2 c-g

Parametriocnemus 5 c-g

Paraphaenocladius 4 c-g 2 2 2 1 3 4 4 8 3 3

?Pseudorthocladius 0 c-g

Pseudosmittia 6 c-g 2 2 9 6 15

Tvetenia 5 c-g

Podonominae - -

Parochlus - -

Prodiamesinae - -

Prodiamesa 8 c-g

Tanypodinae 7 prd

Ablabesmyia 8 prd 1 1 2 4 6 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 3 2 2 4 1 1 1 1

Guttipelopia 5 prd 4 1 5 2 2 6 6 1 1 4 6 2 2

Larsia 6 prd 2 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 3 1 4 2 6 8 2 2 1 1 2

Macropelopia 9 prd

Monopelopia 9 prd 2 1 2 5

Natarsia 8 prd 1 2 3 3 3 1 1

Procladius 9 prd 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 4 9 1 8 18 27 27 5 3 6 14 7 3 10 3 3

Psectrotanypus 10 prd 13 13

Tanypus 10 prd 2 3 5 1 1 1 1 2 3 3

Thienemannimyia complex

6 prd

Zavrelimyia 7 prd

Dolichopodidae 4 prd 2 2 1 1

Ephydridae 6 c-g 1 1

Psychodidae 10 c-g

Pericoma 4 c-g 1 1 2 1 7 8

Psychoda 10 c-g 2 2 2 2

Ptychopteridae 7 c-g

Ptychoptera 7 c-g

Simuliidae 6 c-f

Page 38: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Natural Environment - Benthic Sampling and Results

Page D-5 ECOPLANS

Table D-2: Benthic Survey Data – Wetlands (2010-2011)

Taxa

HB

I Val

ue

Fee

din

g G

rou

p WETLANDS

Pond 1 Pond 2 Pond 3 Pond 4 Pond 5 Barrie's Lake

2010 2011 2010 2011 2010 2011 2010 2011 2010 2011 2011

1-1

1-2

1-3

1 T

ota

l

1-1

1-2

1-3

1 T

ota

l

2-1

2-2

2-3

2 T

ota

l

2-1

2-2

2-3

2 T

ota

l

3-1

3-2

3-3

3 T

ota

l

3-1

3-2

3-3

3 T

ota

l

4-1

4-2

4-3

4 T

ota

l

4-1

4-2

4-3

4 T

ota

l

5-1

5-2

5-3

5 T

ota

l

5-1

5-2

5-3

5 T

ota

l

8-1

8-2

8-3

8 T

OTA

L

Stratiomyiidae 7 c-g

Allognosta 7 c-g

Odontomyia/Hedriodiscus

7 c-g 4 3 7 4 5 7 16 1 1 2 2 1 3 1 1 1 1 2 2

Odontomyia 7 c-g 2 2

Stratiomys 7 c-g 1 1 1 1

Syrphidae 10 c-g 1 1 2 4 6 1 1

Tabanidae 6 prd

Chrysops 5 c-g 6 6 1 1

Tipulidae 3 shr 5 1 6 1 1

Helius 4 c-g 4 4 1 1

Limnophila 3 prd

?Ormosia 3 c-g 11 1 12 1 1

Pilaria 7 prd 15 1 1 17 2 1 3 2 1 1 4 2 2 1 1

Pseudolimnophila 2 prd 1 1 1 1

?Rhabdomastix 8 prd 1 1 1 1

Tipula 6 shr 1 2 3 2 2 2 2

Ephemeroptera - c-g

Baetidae 4 c-g

Callibaetis 9 c-g 1 1 1 2 3

Cloeon dipterum 4 c-g 2 2 4 4 3 1 4 3 3 1 1 2 1 3 6 6 1 7 1 1

Caenidae 7 c-g

Caenis 7 c-g 1 1 1 13 14 3 12 15

Hemiptera - prd

Corixidae 5 prd

Trichocorixa 5 prd 1 1

Notonectidae - prd

Notonecta - prd 1 1

Pleidae - prd

Neoplea - prd 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 5

Lepidoptera 5 shr

Pyralidae 5 shr 2 1 3 1 1 2 2 3 3 1 1

Odonata - prd

Coenagrionidae 9 prd 1 1 1 1 2 2

Enallagma 8 prd 1 1 2

Ischnura 9 prd 1 1

Libellulidae 9 prd

Erythemis simplicicollis 2 prd 1 1 1 1

Leucorrhinia 9 prd 1 1 1 1

Libellula 9 prd 1 1 1 1 1 1

Trichoptera - -

Hydropsychidae 4 c-f

Cheumatopsyche 5 c-f

Diplectrona modesta 0 c-f

Leptoceridae 4 prd 1 1

Oecetis 8 prd 1 1 1 1

Page 39: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Natural Environment - Benthic Sampling and Results

Page D-6 ECOPLANS

Table D-2: Benthic Survey Data – Wetlands (2010-2011)

Taxa

HB

I Val

ue

Fee

din

g G

rou

p WETLANDS

Pond 1 Pond 2 Pond 3 Pond 4 Pond 5 Barrie's Lake

2010 2011 2010 2011 2010 2011 2010 2011 2010 2011 2011

1-1

1-2

1-3

1 T

ota

l

1-1

1-2

1-3

1 T

ota

l

2-1

2-2

2-3

2 T

ota

l

2-1

2-2

2-3

2 T

ota

l

3-1

3-2

3-3

3 T

ota

l

3-1

3-2

3-3

3 T

ota

l

4-1

4-2

4-3

4 T

ota

l

4-1

4-2

4-3

4 T

ota

l

5-1

5-2

5-3

5 T

ota

l

5-1

5-2

5-3

5 T

ota

l

8-1

8-2

8-3

8 T

OTA

L

Triaenodes 6 shr 1 1 1 1

Limnephilidae 4 shr 3 3

Pycnopsyche 4 shr

Phryganeidae 4 shr 1 1

Phryganea 4 shr 1 1

MOLLUSCA

Bivalvia - c-f

Sphaeriidae 6 c-f

Cyclocalyx 6 c-f 7 22 36 65 9 32 9 50 1 1 2 2

Sphaerium 6 c-f 1 1

Sphaerium (Herringtonium) rhomboideum

6 c-f

Sphaerium (Musculium) 6 c-f 1 1 2 2 5 8 15 13 3 16 2 2 2 2 2 2 5 1 6 2 2 4 3 3

Sphaerium (Musculium)? lacustre

6 c-f 1 1 2 2 4 4

Sphaerium (Musculium) ?securis

5 c-f 3 3

Gastropoda 7 scr

Ancylidae 6 scr

Ferrissia 6 scr 1 1

Lymnaeidae 6 c-g 2 2 2 2

Fossaria 6 c-g 11 4 5 20 6 6 1 1

Physidae 8 c-g

Physella 8 c-g 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2

Planorbidae 6 scr 1 1

Armiger crista 6 scr 1 1

Gyraulus 8 scr 1 2 1 4 4 1 5 1 1 5 29 34 1 1 10 2 12 16 16 7 7

Promenetus exacuous 6 scr 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Sample Size

95

91

10

1

28

7

11

0

10

1

10

3

31

4

12

4

11

3

11

0

34

7

12

4

12

1

65

31

0

11

5

10

9

13

3

35

7

11

0

16

7

11

5

39

2

11

5

12

3

11

6

35

4

11

7

11

4

12

1

35

2

12

5

14

4

94

36

3

53

12

1

16

3

33

7

10

4

99

10

0

30

3

Taxa Richness

17 25 27 40 18 16 18 27 17 22 15 34 21 22 18 34 8 16 6 21 12 18 15 25 25 21 17 39 17 23 13 35 27 34 16 47 11 16 23 38 21 28 25 53

Page 40: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Natural Environment - Benthic Sampling and Results

Page D-7 ECOPLANS

Table D-3: Benthic Survey Data – Watercourses (2010-2011)

Taxa

HB

I Val

ue

Fee

din

g G

rou

p WATERCOURSES

Devil's Creek Newman's Creek

2010 2011 2010 2011

6-1

6-2

6-3

6 T

ota

l

6-1

6-2

6-3

6 T

ota

l

7-1

7-2

7-3

7 T

ota

l

7-1

7-2

7-3

7 T

ota

l

NEMATA 5 c-g

ANNELIDA - -

Hirudinea - -

Erpobdellidae 10 prd 1 1

Erpobdella punctata 10 prd

Nephelopsis obscura 10 prd

Glossiphoniidae 8 prd

Glossiphonia complanata 8 prd

Helobdella stagnalis 8 prd 1 1 2 1 1 1 1

Placobdella 6 prd

Theromyzon 10 prd

Oligochaeta 8 c-g

Enchytraeidae 10 c-g 2 1 3 1 1

Lumbricidae 6 c-g 3 4 2 9

Lumbriculidae 5 c-g

Lumbriculus 5 c-g

Stylodrilus heringianus 5 c-g 1 1

Naididae 8 c-g

Dero nivea 10 c-g

Haemonais waldvogeli 8 c-g

Tubificidae 10 c-g 1 1 1 1

Branchiura sowerbyi 6 c-g 1 1 2 1 3

Limnodrilus claparedianus

10 c-g

Limnodrilus hoffmeisteri 10 c-g 1 1

Limnodrilus udekemianus 10 c-g

Tasserkidrilus harmani 10 c-g

Tubifex tubifex 10 c-g 1 1 2

ARTHROPODA

Arachnida 6 prd

Trombidiformes - -

Hydrodromidae 6 prd

Hydrodroma 6 prd

Limnesiidae 6 prd

Limnesia 6 prd

Unionicolidae 6 prd

Page 41: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Natural Environment - Benthic Sampling and Results

Page D-8 ECOPLANS

Table D-3: Benthic Survey Data – Watercourses (2010-2011)

Taxa

HB

I Val

ue

Fee

din

g G

rou

p WATERCOURSES

Devil's Creek Newman's Creek

2010 2011 2010 2011

6-1

6-2

6-3

6 T

ota

l

6-1

6-2

6-3

6 T

ota

l

7-1

7-2

7-3

7 T

ota

l

7-1

7-2

7-3

7 T

ota

l

Unionicola 6 prd

Malacostraca

Amphipoda 4 c-g

Crangonyctidae 6 -

Crangonyx 6 c-g 5 5 1 1

Hyalellidae 8 -

Hyalella 8 c-g 1 1 2 1 2 2 5

Isopoda 8 c-g

Asellidae 8 c-g

Caecidotea 8 c-g 4 3 3 10 3 3 6 12 1 1 2

Insecta

Coleoptera - prd

Dytiscidae 5 prd 2 2 1 2 3

Colymbetes 5 prd

Hygrotus 5 prd

Neoporus 5 prd

Haliplidae 5 shr

Haliplus 5 shr

Hydrophilidae 5 prd

Paracymus 5 prd 1 1

Noteridae - prd

Suphisellus - prd

Diptera - - 1 1

Ceratopogonidae 6 prd

Bezzia 6 prd 7 7 3 1 4

Ceratopogon 6 prd 1 1 2 1 1 2

Culicoides 10 prd 7 1 8 4 2 2 8 11 11

Dasyhelea 6 c-g

Mallochohelea 6 prd 9 2 11

Probezzia 6 prd 4 1 5 6 6

Serromyia 6 prd 6 6

Sphaeromias 6 prd

Chaoboridae 8 prd

Chaoborus americanus 8 prd

Chaoborus flavicans 8 prd

Page 42: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Natural Environment - Benthic Sampling and Results

Page D-9 ECOPLANS

Table D-3: Benthic Survey Data – Watercourses (2010-2011)

Taxa

HB

I Val

ue

Fee

din

g G

rou

p WATERCOURSES

Devil's Creek Newman's Creek

2010 2011 2010 2011

6-1

6-2

6-3

6 T

ota

l

6-1

6-2

6-3

6 T

ota

l

7-1

7-2

7-3

7 T

ota

l

7-1

7-2

7-3

7 T

ota

l

Chironomidae 6 c-g 3 2 5

Chironominae 6 c-g

Chironomus 10 c-g

Cladopelma 9 c-g

Cryptochironomus 8 prd 2 2 3 1 4

Dicrotendipes 8 c-g

Einfeldia 9 c-g

Endochironomus 10 shr

Glyptotendipes 10 shr

Kiefferulus 10 c-g

Micropsectra 7 c-g 1 1 5 3 9 17 16 123 98 237

Omisus 6 c-g

Parachironomus 10 prd

Paratanytarsus 6 c-f

Paratendipes 8 c-g 1 1 2 1 3 1 1

Polypedilum 6 shr 1 1

Polypedilum flavum 6 shr

Polypedilum halterale 6 shr

Polypedilum sordens 6 shr

Pseudochironomus 5 c-g

Tanytarsus 6 c-f 3 3

Zavreliella 6 c-g

Diamesinae 2 c-g

Diamesa 5 c-g 3 2 5

Pagastia 1 c-g 1 1

Orthocladiinae 5 c-g

Chaetocladius 6 c-g 3 8 3 14 52 19 8 79

Corynoneura 7 c-g 1 1

Cricotopus 7 shr

Diplocladius 8 c-g 2 2

Eukiefferiella 8 c-g 1 1

Heterotrissocladius 4 c-g 5 5 1 1

Limnophyes 8 c-g 1 1

Orthocladius 6 c-g

Parachaetocladius 2 c-g 1 1

Page 43: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Natural Environment - Benthic Sampling and Results

Page D-10 ECOPLANS

Table D-3: Benthic Survey Data – Watercourses (2010-2011)

Taxa

HB

I Val

ue

Fee

din

g G

rou

p WATERCOURSES

Devil's Creek Newman's Creek

2010 2011 2010 2011

6-1

6-2

6-3

6 T

ota

l

6-1

6-2

6-3

6 T

ota

l

7-1

7-2

7-3

7 T

ota

l

7-1

7-2

7-3

7 T

ota

l

Parametriocnemus 5 c-g 33 62 41 136 7 7

Paraphaenocladius 4 c-g

?Pseudorthocladius 0 c-g 1 1

Pseudosmittia 6 c-g

Tvetenia 5 c-g 1 1

Podonominae - -

Parochlus - - 1 1

Prodiamesinae - -

Prodiamesa 8 c-g 1 2 3 1 1

Tanypodinae 7 prd

Ablabesmyia 8 prd

Guttipelopia 5 prd

Larsia 6 prd 7 7 3 1 4

Macropelopia 9 prd 1 1

Monopelopia 9 prd

Natarsia 8 prd 1 1 1 1 2

Procladius 9 prd 1 1

Psectrotanypus 10 prd

Tanypus 10 prd

Thienemannimyia complex

6 prd 1 1 2 1 2 1 4

Zavrelimyia 7 prd 1 1

Dolichopodidae 4 prd

Ephydridae 6 c-g

Psychodidae 10 c-g

Pericoma 4 c-g 1 1

Psychoda 10 c-g

Ptychopteridae 7 c-g

Ptychoptera 7 c-g 1 1 3 3

Simuliidae 6 c-f 1 1 9 8 31 48

Stratiomyiidae 7 c-g

Allognosta 7 c-g 1 1

Odontomyia/Hedriodiscus 7 c-g 1 1

Odontomyia 7 c-g

Stratiomys 7 c-g

Syrphidae 10 c-g

Page 44: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Natural Environment - Benthic Sampling and Results

Page D-11 ECOPLANS

Table D-3: Benthic Survey Data – Watercourses (2010-2011)

Taxa

HB

I Val

ue

Fee

din

g G

rou

p WATERCOURSES

Devil's Creek Newman's Creek

2010 2011 2010 2011

6-1

6-2

6-3

6 T

ota

l

6-1

6-2

6-3

6 T

ota

l

7-1

7-2

7-3

7 T

ota

l

7-1

7-2

7-3

7 T

ota

l

Tabanidae 6 prd

Chrysops 5 c-g 1 1 2 3 5 1 1 4 2 1 7

Tipulidae 3 shr 1 1

Helius 4 c-g

Limnophila 3 prd 1 1 2 1 1

?Ormosia 3 c-g

Pilaria 7 prd 2 2 3 2 5 1 2 3 1 1

Pseudolimnophila 2 prd

?Rhabdomastix 8 prd 1 2 3

Tipula 6 shr 2 3 4 9

Ephemeroptera - c-g

Baetidae 4 c-g

Callibaetis 9 c-g

Cloeon dipterum 4 c-g

Caenidae 7 c-g

Caenis 7 c-g

Hemiptera - prd

Corixidae 5 prd

Trichocorixa 5 prd

Notonectidae - prd

Notonecta - prd

Pleidae - prd

Neoplea - prd

Lepidoptera 5 shr

Pyralidae 5 shr

Odonata - prd

Coenagrionidae 9 prd

Enallagma 8 prd

Ischnura 9 prd

Libellulidae 9 prd

Erythemis simplicicollis 2 prd

Leucorrhinia 9 prd

Libellula 9 prd

Trichoptera - -

Hydropsychidae 4 c-f

Page 45: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Natural Environment - Benthic Sampling and Results

Page D-12 ECOPLANS

Table D-3: Benthic Survey Data – Watercourses (2010-2011)

Taxa

HB

I Val

ue

Fee

din

g G

rou

p WATERCOURSES

Devil's Creek Newman's Creek

2010 2011 2010 2011

6-1

6-2

6-3

6 T

ota

l

6-1

6-2

6-3

6 T

ota

l

7-1

7-2

7-3

7 T

ota

l

7-1

7-2

7-3

7 T

ota

l

Cheumatopsyche 5 c-f 1 1

Diplectrona modesta 0 c-f 6 3 9

Leptoceridae 4 prd

Oecetis 8 prd

Triaenodes 6 shr

Limnephilidae 4 shr 1 1 7 7

Pycnopsyche 4 shr 1 1

Phryganeidae 4 shr

Phryganea 4 shr

MOLLUSCA

Bivalvia - c-f

Sphaeriidae 6 c-f

Cyclocalyx 6 c-f 66 111 108 285 80 103 104 287 52 22 28 102 10 22 7 39

Sphaerium 6 c-f

Sphaerium (Herringtonium) rhomboideum

6 c-f 1 1 1 1

Sphaerium (Musculium) 6 c-f 5 5

Sphaerium (Musculium)? lacustre

6 c-f

Sphaerium (Musculium) ?securis

5 c-f

Gastropoda 7 scr

Ancylidae 6 scr

Ferrissia 6 scr

Lymnaeidae 6 c-g

Fossaria 6 c-g

Physidae 8 c-g

Physella 8 c-g

Planorbidae 6 scr

Armiger crista 6 scr

Gyraulus 8 scr

Promenetus exacuous 6 scr

Sample Size 111 121 120 352 121 125 124 370 119 118 109 346 130 188 151 469

Taxa Richness 21 6 10 28 14 14 11 22 23 23 24 41 17 13 9 25

Page 46: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

APPENDIX E – PLANT LIST / VEGETATION SURVEY RESULTS

Page 47: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESPNatural Environment

November2013

Common Name Scientific Name

Uni

t 1

Uni

t 2

Uni

t 3

Uni

t 4

Uni

t 5

Uni

t 6

Uni

t 7

Uni

t 8

Uni

t 9

Uni

t 10

Uni

t 11

Uni

t 12

Uni

t 13

Uni

t 14

Uni

t 15

Uni

t 16

Uni

t 17

Uni

t 18

Uni

t 19

Uni

t 20

Uni

t 21

Uni

t 22

Uni

t 23

Uni

t 24

Uni

t 25

*

HR

1

HR

2

HR

3

cc1 cw1 wi

gran

k2

Sran

k3

CO

SEW

IC4

MN

R5

Wat

erlo

o R

egio

n Si

gnifi

canc

e

Velvet-leaf Abutilon theophrasti 4 -1 G? SE5

Manitoba Maple Acer negundo 0 -2 G5 S5

Norway Maple Acer platanoides 5 -3 G? SE5

Red Maple Acer rubrum 4 0 G5 S5

Sugar Maple Acer saccharum ssp. saccharum 4 3 G5T? S5

Mountain Maple Acer spicatum 6 3 G5 S5

Freeman's Maple Acer x freemanii 0 G? S5

Common Yarrow Achillea millefolium ssp millefolium 3 -1 G5T? SE?

White Baneberry Actaea pachypoda 6 5 G5 S5

Red Baneberry Actaea rubra 5 5 G5 S5

Northern Maidenhair-fern Adiantum pedatum 7 1 G5 S5

Goutweed Aegopodium podagraria 0 -3 G? SE5

Tall Hairy Agrimony Agrimonia gryposepala 2 2 G5 S5

Redtop Agrostis gigantea 0 -2 G4G5 SE5

Rough Bentgrass Agrostis scabra 6 0 G5 S5

Broad-leaved Water-plantain Alisma plantago-aquatica 3 -5 G5 S5

Garlic Mustard Alliaria petiolata 0 -3 G? SE5

Wild Leek Allium tricoccum 7 2 G5 S5

Red-root Amaranth Amaranthus retroflexus 2 -1 G? SE5

Annual Ragweed Ambrosia artemisiifolia 0 3 G5 S5

Downy Serviceberry Amelanchier arborea 5 3 G5 S5

Smooth Serviceberry Amelanchier laevis 5 5 G4G5 S5

Hog-peanut Amphicarpaea bracteata 4 0 G5 S5

Sharp-lobed Hepatica Anemone acutiloba 6 5 G5 S5

Round-lobed Hepatica Anemone americana 6 5 G? S5

Wood Anemone Anemone quinquefolia var quinquefolia 7 0 G5 S5

Virginia Anemone Anemone virginiana var virginiana 4 5 G5T S5

Mayweed Anthemis cotula 3 -1 G5 SE5

Spreading Dogbane Apocynum androsaemifolium ssp androsaemifolium 3 5 G5T? S5

Clasping-leaf Dogbane Apocynum cannabinum var. cannabinum 3 0 G5T S5

Wild Columbine Aquilegia canadensis 5 1 G5 S5

Wild Sarsaparilla Aralia nudicaulis 4 3 G5 S5

American Spikenard Aralia racemosa ssp racemosa 7 5 G5 S5

Greater Burdock Arctium lappa 0 G? SE5

Lesser Burdock Arctium minus ssp minus 5 -2 G?T? SE5

ECOPLANS Table E-1. Vascular Plant List Page E-1

Page 48: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESPNatural Environment

November2013

Common Name Scientific Name

Uni

t 1

Uni

t 2

Uni

t 3

Uni

t 4

Uni

t 5

Uni

t 6

Uni

t 7

Uni

t 8

Uni

t 9

Uni

t 10

Uni

t 11

Uni

t 12

Uni

t 13

Uni

t 14

Uni

t 15

Uni

t 16

Uni

t 17

Uni

t 18

Uni

t 19

Uni

t 20

Uni

t 21

Uni

t 22

Uni

t 23

Uni

t 24

Uni

t 25

*

HR

1

HR

2

HR

3

cc1 cw1 wi

gran

k2

Sran

k3

CO

SEW

IC4

MN

R5

Wat

erlo

o R

egio

n Si

gnifi

canc

e

Jack-in-the-pulpit Arisaema triphyllum ssp triphyllum 5 -2 G5T5 S5

Wild Ginger Asarum canadense 6 5 G5 S5

Poke Milkweed Asclepias exaltata 8 5 G5 S4

Swamp Milkweed Asclepias incarnata ssp incarnata 6 -5 G5T5 S5

Common Milkweed Asclepias syriaca 0 5 G5 S5

Asparagus Asparagus officinalis 3 -1 G5? SE5

Rayless Annual Aster Aster brachyactis 0 -1 G5 S4

Lady-fern Athyrium filix-femina var angustum 4 0 G5T5 S5

Yellow Rocket Barbarea vulgaris 0 -1 G? SE5

Japanese Barberry Berberis thunbergii 4 -3 G? SE5

European Barberry Berberis vulgaris 3 -2 G? SE5

Hoary False-alyssum Berteroa incana 5 -3 G? SE5

Yellow Birch Betula alleghaniensis 6 0 G5 S5

Paper Birch Betula papyrifera 2 2 G5 S5

Nodding Beggar's Ticks Bidens cernua 2 -5 G5 S5

Devil's Beggar's Ticks Bidens frondosa 3 -3 G5 S5

European Beggar's Ticks Bidens tripartita 4 -3 G5 S5

False Nettle Boehmeria cylindrica 4 -5 G5 S5

Long-awned Wood Grass Brachyelytrum erectum 7 5 G5 S4S5

Smooth Brome Bromus inermis ssp inermis 5 -3 G4G5T SE5

Downy Chess Bromus tectorum 5 -2 G? SE5

Blue-joint Reedgrass Calamagrostis canadensis 4 -5 G5 S5

Wild Calla Calla palustris 8 -5 G5 S5 W*

Marsh Marigold Caltha palustris 5 -5 G5 S5

Common Shepherd's Purse Capsella bursa-pastoris 1 -1 G? SE5

Broad-leaved Toothwort Cardamine diphylla 7 5 G5 S5

Pennsylvania Bitter-cress Cardamine pensylvanica 6 -4 G5 S5

Spiny Plumeless-thistle Carduus acanthoides 5 -1 G? SE5

Black Sedge Carex arctata 5 5 G5? S5

Bebb's Sedge Carex bebbii 3 -5 G5 S5

Brome-like Sedge Carex bromoides 7 -4 G5 S5

Oval-leaved Sedge Carex cephalophora 5 3 G5 S5

Fringed Sedge Carex crinita 6 -4 G5 S5

Crested Sedge Carex cristatella 3 -4 G5 S5

Short-scale Sedge Carex deweyana 6 4 G5 S5

ECOPLANS Table E-1. Vascular Plant List Page E-2

Page 49: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESPNatural Environment

November2013

Common Name Scientific Name

Uni

t 1

Uni

t 2

Uni

t 3

Uni

t 4

Uni

t 5

Uni

t 6

Uni

t 7

Uni

t 8

Uni

t 9

Uni

t 10

Uni

t 11

Uni

t 12

Uni

t 13

Uni

t 14

Uni

t 15

Uni

t 16

Uni

t 17

Uni

t 18

Uni

t 19

Uni

t 20

Uni

t 21

Uni

t 22

Uni

t 23

Uni

t 24

Uni

t 25

*

HR

1

HR

2

HR

3

cc1 cw1 wi

gran

k2

Sran

k3

CO

SEW

IC4

MN

R5

Wat

erlo

o R

egio

n Si

gnifi

canc

e

Slender Wood Sedge Carex digitalis 7 5 G5 S4S5

Graceful Sedge Carex gracillima 4 3 G5 S5

Porcupine Sedge Carex hystericina 5 -5 G5 S5

Bladder Sedge Carex intumescens 6 -4 G5 S5

Lake-bank Sedge Carex lacustris 5 -5 G5 S5

Slender Sedge Carex lasiocarpa 8 -5 G5 S5 W

Spreading Sedge Carex laxiculmis 7 5 G5 S4 W

Longstalk Sedge Carex pedunculata 5 5 G5 S5

Woolly Sedge Carex pellita 4 -5 G5 S5

Pennsylvania Sedge Carex pensylvanica 5 5 G5 S5

Cyperus-like Sedge Carex pseudo-cyperus 6 -5 G5 S5

Stellate Sedge Carex radiata 4 5 G4 S5

Rosy Sedge Carex rosea 5 5 G5 S5

Rough Sedge Carex scabrata 8 -5 G5 S5 W

Burreed Sedge Carex sparganioides 5 0 G5 S5 W*

Stalk-grain Sedge Carex stipata 3 -5 G5 S5

Tussock Sedge Carex stricta 4 -5 G5 S5

Slender Sedge Carex tenera 4 -1 G5T S5

Fox Sedge Carex vulpinoidea 3 -5 G5 S5

Blue Beech Carpinus caroliniana ssp. virginiana 6 0 G5T S5

Bitternut Hickory Carya cordiformis 6 0 G5 S5

Pignut Hickory Carya glabra 9 3 G5 S3 W*

Shagbark Hickory Carya ovata var ovata 6 3 G5 S5

Blue Cohosh Caulophyllum thalictroides 6 5 G5 S5

Common Hackberry Celtis occidentalis 8 1 G5 S4 W*

Brown Knapweed Centaurea jacea 5 -1 G? SE5

Black Knapweed Centaurea nigra 0 G? SE?

Leatherleaf Chamaedaphne calyculata 9 -5 G5 S5 W

Greater Celadine Chelidonium majus 5 -3 G? SE5

Turtlehead Chelone glabra 7 -5 G5 S5

White Goosefoot Chenopodium album var album 1 -1 G5T5 SE5

Chicory Cichorium intybus 5 -1 G? SE5

Bulb-bearing Water-hemlock Cicuta bulbifera 5 -5 G5 S5

Spotted Water-hemlock Cicuta maculata 6 -5 G5 S5

Slender Wood Reedgrass Cinna latifolia 7 -4 G5 S5

ECOPLANS Table E-1. Vascular Plant List Page E-3

Page 50: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESPNatural Environment

November2013

Common Name Scientific Name

Uni

t 1

Uni

t 2

Uni

t 3

Uni

t 4

Uni

t 5

Uni

t 6

Uni

t 7

Uni

t 8

Uni

t 9

Uni

t 10

Uni

t 11

Uni

t 12

Uni

t 13

Uni

t 14

Uni

t 15

Uni

t 16

Uni

t 17

Uni

t 18

Uni

t 19

Uni

t 20

Uni

t 21

Uni

t 22

Uni

t 23

Uni

t 24

Uni

t 25

*

HR

1

HR

2

HR

3

cc1 cw1 wi

gran

k2

Sran

k3

CO

SEW

IC4

MN

R5

Wat

erlo

o R

egio

n Si

gnifi

canc

e

Enchanter's Nightshade Circaea lutetiana ssp canadensis 3 3 G5T5 S5

Canada Thistle Cirsium arvense 3 -1 G? SE5

Bull Thistle Cirsium vulgare 4 -1 G5 SE5

Twig-Rush Cladium mariscides 9 -5 G5 S5 W

Blue Bead Lily Clintonia borealis 7 -1 G5 S5

European Lily-of-the-valley Convallaria majalis 5 -2 G5 SE5

Fleabane Conyza canadensis 0 1 G5 S5

Goldthread Coptis trifolia ssp groenlandica 7 -3 G5T5 S5

Alternate-leaf Dogwood Cornus alternifolia 6 5 G5 S5

Silky Dogwood Cornus amomum ssp obliqua 5 -4 G5T? S5

Bunchberry Cornus canadensis 7 0 G5 S5

Gray Dogwood Cornus foemina ssp racemosa 2 -2 G5 S5

Round-leaved Dogwood Cornus rugosa 6 5 G5 S5

Red-osier Dogwood Cornus sericea 2 -3 G5 S5

Crown-vetch Coronilla varia 5 -2 G? SE5

Beaked Hazelnut Corylus cornuta ssp. cornuta 5 5 G5T S5

Pear Hawthorn Crataegus calpodendron 4 5 G5 S4S5 W*

Variable Hawthorn Crataegus macrosperma 4 5 G5 S5

Pringle's Hawthorn Crataegus pringlei 4 5 G5 S5 W*

Dotted Hawthorn Crataegus punctata 4 5 G5 S5

Fleshy Hawthorn Crataegus succulenta 4 5 G5 S4S5 W*

Smooth Hawksbeard Crepis capillaris 5 -1 G? SE1

Hound's-tongue Cynoglossum officinale 5 -1 G? SE5

Yellow Nutgrass Cyperus esculentus 1 -3 G5 S5

Bulblet Fern Cystopteris bulbifera 5 -2 G5 S5

Orchard Grass Dactylis glomerata 3 -1 G? SE5

Robin Runaway Dalibarda repens 8 4 G5 S4S5 W

Jimson Weed Datura stramonium 5 -1 GU SE5

Queen Anne's Lace Daucus carota 5 -2 G? SE5

Pointed-leaved Tick-trefoil Desmodium glutinosum 6 5 G5 S4

Northern Bush-honeysuckle Diervilla lonicera 5 5 G5 S5

Hairy Crabgrass Digitaria sanguinalis 3 -1 G5 SE5

Common Teasel Dipsacus fullonum ssp sylvestris 5 -1 G?T? SE5

Eastern Leatherwood Dirca palustris 7 0 G4 S4?

Spinulose Wood Fern Dryopteris carthusiana 5 -2 G5 S5

ECOPLANS Table E-1. Vascular Plant List Page E-4

Page 51: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESPNatural Environment

November2013

Common Name Scientific Name

Uni

t 1

Uni

t 2

Uni

t 3

Uni

t 4

Uni

t 5

Uni

t 6

Uni

t 7

Uni

t 8

Uni

t 9

Uni

t 10

Uni

t 11

Uni

t 12

Uni

t 13

Uni

t 14

Uni

t 15

Uni

t 16

Uni

t 17

Uni

t 18

Uni

t 19

Uni

t 20

Uni

t 21

Uni

t 22

Uni

t 23

Uni

t 24

Uni

t 25

*

HR

1

HR

2

HR

3

cc1 cw1 wi

gran

k2

Sran

k3

CO

SEW

IC4

MN

R5

Wat

erlo

o R

egio

n Si

gnifi

canc

e

Crested Wood Fern Dryopteris cristata 7 -5 G5 S5

Evergreen Wood Fern Dryopteris intermedia 5 0 G5 S5

Marginal Wood Fern Dryopteris marginalis 5 3 G5 S5

Three-way Sedge Dulichium arundinaceum 7 -5 G5 S5

Barnyard Grass Echinochloa crus-galli -3 -1 G? SE5

Wild Mock-cucumber Echinocystis lobata 3 -2 G5 S5

Common Viper's-bugloss Echium vulgare 5 -2 G? SE5

Blunt Spikerush Eleocharis obtusa 5 -5 G5 S5

Creeping Spikerush Eleocharis smallii 6 -5 G5? S5

Bottle-brush Grass Elymus hystrix 5 5 G5 S5

Quack Grass Elymus repens 3 -3 G? SE5

Virginia Wild-rye Elymus virginicus var virginicus 5 -2 G5T? S5

Beechdrops Epifagus virginiana 6 5 G5 S5

Hairy Willow-herb Epilobium ciliatum ssp ciliatum 3 3 G5 S5

Purple-leaf Willow-herb Epilobium coloratum 3 -5 G5 S5

Small-flower Willow-herb Epilobium parviflorum 3 -1 G? SE4

Eastern Helleborine Epipactis helleborine 5 -2 G? SE5

Field Horsetail Equisetum arvense 0 0 G5 S5

Rough Horsetail Equisetum hyemale ssp affine 2 -2 G5T5 S5

Marsh Horsetail Equisetum palustre 10 -3 G5 S5 W

Meadow Horsetail Equisetum pratense 8 -3 G5 S5 W*

Dwarf Scouring Rush Equisetum scirpoides 7 -1 G5 S5

White-top Fleabane Erigeron annuus 0 1 G5 S5

Philadelphia Fleabane Erigeron philadelphicus ssp philadelphicus 1 -3 G5T? S5

Robin's Plantain Erigeron pulchellus 7 3 G5 S5

Daisy Fleabane Erigeron strigosus 0 1 G5 S5

Common Dog Mustard Erucastrum gallicum 5 -1 G5 SE5

Wormseed Mustard Erysimum cheiranthoides ssp cheiranthoides 3 -1 G5 SE5

Yellow Trout-lily Erythronium americanum ssp americanum 5 5 G5T5 S5

Running Strawberry-bush Euonymus obovata 6 5 G5 S5

Spotted Joe-pye Weed Eupatorium maculatum ssp maculatum 3 -5 G5T5 S5

Common Boneset Eupatorium perfoliatum 2 -4 G5 S5

White Snakeroot Eupatorium rugosum 5 3 G5 S5

Cypress Spurge Euphorbia cyparissias 5 -2 G5 SE5

Leafy Spurge Euphorbia esula 5 -2 G5 SE5

ECOPLANS Table E-1. Vascular Plant List Page E-5

Page 52: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESPNatural Environment

November2013

Common Name Scientific Name

Uni

t 1

Uni

t 2

Uni

t 3

Uni

t 4

Uni

t 5

Uni

t 6

Uni

t 7

Uni

t 8

Uni

t 9

Uni

t 10

Uni

t 11

Uni

t 12

Uni

t 13

Uni

t 14

Uni

t 15

Uni

t 16

Uni

t 17

Uni

t 18

Uni

t 19

Uni

t 20

Uni

t 21

Uni

t 22

Uni

t 23

Uni

t 24

Uni

t 25

*

HR

1

HR

2

HR

3

cc1 cw1 wi

gran

k2

Sran

k3

CO

SEW

IC4

MN

R5

Wat

erlo

o R

egio

n Si

gnifi

canc

e

Large-leaved Aster Eurybia macrophylla 5 5 G5 S5

Grass-leaved Goldenrod Euthamia graminifolia 2 -2 G5 S5

American Beech Fagus grandifolia 6 3 G5 S5

Kentucky Fescue Festuca arundinacea 2 -1 G? SE5

Nodding Fescue Festuca subverticillata 6 2 G5 S4

Woodland Strawberry Fragaria vesca ssp americana 4 4 G5T? S5

Virginia Strawberry Fragaria virginiana ssp virginiana 2 1 G5T? SU

White Ash Fraxinus americana 4 3 G5 S5

Black Ash Fraxinus nigra 7 -4 G5 S5

Green Ash Fraxinus pennsylvanica 3 -3 G5 S5

Cleavers Galium aparine 4 3 G5 S5

White Bedstraw Galium mollugo 5 -2 G? SE5

Wild Madder Galium obtusum 6 -5 G5 S4S5 W*

Marsh Bedstraw Galium palustre 5 -5 G5 S5

Sweet-scent Bedstraw Galium triflorum 4 2 G5 S5

Wild Geranium Geranium maculatum 6 3 G5 S5

Herb-robert Geranium robertianum 5 -2 G5 SE5

Yellow Avens Geum aleppicum 2 -1 G5 S5

White Avens Geum canadense 3 0 G5 S5

Rough Avens Geum laciniatum 4 -3 G5 S4

Ground Ivy Glechoma hederacea 3 -2 G? SE5

American Manna Grass Glyceria grandis 5 -5 G5 S4S5

Fowl Manna Grass Glyceria striata 3 -5 G5 S5

Soy Bean Glycine max 5 -1 G? SE2

Oak Fern Gymnocarpium dryopteris 7 0 G5 S5

Virginia Stickseed Hackelia virginiana 5 1 G5 S5 W*

American Witch-hazel Hamamelis virginiana 6 3 G5 S5

Jerusalem Artichoke Helianthus tuberosus 0 -2 G5 SE5

Orange Daylily Hemerocallis fulva 5 -3 G? SE5

Dame's Rocket Hesperis matronalis 5 -3 G4G5 SE5

Tall Hawkweed Hieracium piloselloides 5 -2 G? SE5

Virginia Waterleaf Hydrophyllum virginianum 6 -2 G5 S5

St. John's-wort Hypericum perforatum 5 -3 G? SE5

Common St. John's-wort Hypericum punctatum 5 -1 G5 S5

Winterberry Ilex verticillata 5 -4 G5 S5

ECOPLANS Table E-1. Vascular Plant List Page E-6

Page 53: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESPNatural Environment

November2013

Common Name Scientific Name

Uni

t 1

Uni

t 2

Uni

t 3

Uni

t 4

Uni

t 5

Uni

t 6

Uni

t 7

Uni

t 8

Uni

t 9

Uni

t 10

Uni

t 11

Uni

t 12

Uni

t 13

Uni

t 14

Uni

t 15

Uni

t 16

Uni

t 17

Uni

t 18

Uni

t 19

Uni

t 20

Uni

t 21

Uni

t 22

Uni

t 23

Uni

t 24

Uni

t 25

*

HR

1

HR

2

HR

3

cc1 cw1 wi

gran

k2

Sran

k3

CO

SEW

IC4

MN

R5

Wat

erlo

o R

egio

n Si

gnifi

canc

e

Spotted Jewel-weed Impatiens capensis 4 -3 G5 S5

Elecampane Inula helenium 5 -2 G? SE5

Blueflag Iris versicolor 5 -5 G5 S5

Butternut Juglans cinerea 6 2 G4 S3? END END

Black Walnut Juglans nigra 5 3 G5 S4 W*+

Jointed Rush Juncus articulatus 5 -5 G5 S5

Toad Rush Juncus bufonius 1 -4 G5 S5

Canada Rush Juncus canadensis 6 -5 G5 S5 W

Soft Rush Juncus effusus ssp solutus 4 -5 G5T? S5

Tall Blue Lettuce Lactuca biennis 6 0 G5 S5

Prickly Lettuce Lactuca serriola 0 -1 G? SE5

Wood Nettle Laportea canadensis 6 -3 G5 S5

American Larch Larix laricina 7 -3 G5 S5

Rice Cutgrass Leersia oryzoides 3 -5 G5 S5

Lesser Duckweed Lemna minor 2 -5 G5 S5

Common Motherwort Leonurus cardiaca ssp cardiaca 5 -2 G?T? SE5

Poor-man's Pepper-grass Lepidium virginicum 0 4 G5 S5

European Privet Ligustrum vulgare 1 -2 G? SE5

Butter-and-eggs Linaria vulgaris 5 -1 G? SE5

Spicebush Lindera benzoin 6 -2 G5 S5

Indian-tobacco Lobelia inflata 3 4 G5 S5

Great Blue Lobelia Lobelia siphilitica 6 -4 G5 S5

Perennial Ryegrass Lolium perenne 3 -1 G? SE4

Glaucous Honeysuckle Lonicera dioica 5 3 G5 S5

Hairy Honeysuckle Lonicera hirsuta 7 0 G4G5 S5 W

Morrow's Honeysuckle Lonicera morrowii 5 -1 G? SE3

Tartarian Honeysuckle Lonicera tatarica 3 -3 G? SE5

Bird's-foot Trefoil Lotus corniculatus 1 -2 G? SE5

Marsh Seedbox Ludwigia palustris 5 -5 G5 S5

Hairy Woodrush Luzula acuminata 6 1 G5 S5

Common Woodrush Luzula multiflora ssp multiflora 6 3 G5T5 S5

American Bugleweed Lycopus americanus 4 -5 G5 S5

Northern Bugleweed Lycopus uniflorus 5 -5 G5 S5

Fringed Loosestrife Lysimachia ciliata 4 -3 G5 S5

Moneywort Lysimachia nummularia -4 -3 G? SE5

ECOPLANS Table E-1. Vascular Plant List Page E-7

Page 54: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESPNatural Environment

November2013

Common Name Scientific Name

Uni

t 1

Uni

t 2

Uni

t 3

Uni

t 4

Uni

t 5

Uni

t 6

Uni

t 7

Uni

t 8

Uni

t 9

Uni

t 10

Uni

t 11

Uni

t 12

Uni

t 13

Uni

t 14

Uni

t 15

Uni

t 16

Uni

t 17

Uni

t 18

Uni

t 19

Uni

t 20

Uni

t 21

Uni

t 22

Uni

t 23

Uni

t 24

Uni

t 25

*

HR

1

HR

2

HR

3

cc1 cw1 wi

gran

k2

Sran

k3

CO

SEW

IC4

MN

R5

Wat

erlo

o R

egio

n Si

gnifi

canc

e

Water Loosestrife Lysimachia thyrsiflora 7 -5 G5 S5

Purple Loosestrife Lythrum salicaria -5 -3 G5 SE5

Wild-lily-of-the-valley Maianthemum canadense 5 0 G5 S5

False Solomon's Seal Maianthemum racemosum ssp racemosum 4 3 G5T S5

Starflower False Solomon's Seal Maianthemum stellatum 6 1 G5 S5

Sweet Crab-apple Malus coronaria 5 5 G5 S4

Common Apple Malus pumila 5 -1 G5 SE5

Musk Mallow Malva moschata 5 -1 G? SE5

Cheeses Malva neglecta 5 -1 G? SE5

Pineapple-weed Matricaria matricarioides G5 SE5

Ostrich Fern Matteuccia struthiopteris var pensylvanica 5 -3 G5 S5

Indian Cucumber-root Medeola virginiana 7 5 G5 S5

Black Medic Medicago lupulina 1 -1 G? SE5

Alfalfa Medicago sativa ssp sativa 5 -1 G?T? SE5

White Sweet Clover Melilotus alba 3 -3 G5 SE5

Corn Mint Mentha arvensis ssp borealis 3 -3 G5 S5

Partridge-berry Mitchella repens 6 2 G5 S5

Two-leaf Bishop's-cap Mitella diphylla 5 2 G5 S5

Green Carpet-weed Mollugo verticillata 0 -2 G? SE5

Wild Bergamot Monarda fistulosa 6 3 G5 S5

White Mulberry Morus alba 0 -3 G? SE5

Rough Forget-me-not Myosotis arvensis 0 -1 G? SE4

True Watercress Nasturtium officinale -5 -1 G? SE

Catnip Nepeta cataria 1 -2 G? SE5

Apple-of-peru Nicandra physalodes 5 G? SE1

Bullhead Lily Nuphar variegata 4 -5 G5 S5

Fragrant White Water-lily Nymphaea odorata 5 -5 G5 S5 W

Common Evening-primrose Oenothera biennis 0 3 G5 S5

Sensitive Fern Onoclea sensibilis 4 -3 G5 S5

Scotch Thistle Onopordum acanthium 0 G? SE4

White-grained Mountain Ricegrass Oryzopsis asperifolia 6 5 G5 S5

Cinnamon Fern Osmunda cinnamomea 7 -3 G5 S5

Royal Fern Osmunda regalis var spectabilis

7 -5 G5T S5

Eastern Hop-hornbeam Ostrya virginiana 4 4 G5 S5

Upright Yellow Wood Sorrel Oxalis stricta 0 3 G5 S5

ECOPLANS Table E-1. Vascular Plant List Page E-8

Page 55: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESPNatural Environment

November2013

Common Name Scientific Name

Uni

t 1

Uni

t 2

Uni

t 3

Uni

t 4

Uni

t 5

Uni

t 6

Uni

t 7

Uni

t 8

Uni

t 9

Uni

t 10

Uni

t 11

Uni

t 12

Uni

t 13

Uni

t 14

Uni

t 15

Uni

t 16

Uni

t 17

Uni

t 18

Uni

t 19

Uni

t 20

Uni

t 21

Uni

t 22

Uni

t 23

Uni

t 24

Uni

t 25

*

HR

1

HR

2

HR

3

cc1 cw1 wi

gran

k2

Sran

k3

CO

SEW

IC4

MN

R5

Wat

erlo

o R

egio

n Si

gnifi

canc

e

Old Panic Grass Panicum capillare 0 0 G5 S5

Wiry Witch Grass Panicum flexile 8 -4 G4G5 S4

Proso Panicum miliaceum 5 -1 G? SE4

Switch Grass Panicum virgatum 6 -1 G5 S4

Virginia Creeper Parthenocissus quinquefolia 6 1 G5 S4? W+

Inserted Virginia Creeper Parthenocissus vitacea 3 3 G5 S5

Early Wood Lousewort Pedicularis canadensis 7 2 G5 S5

Reed Canary Grass Phalaris arundinacea 0 -4 G5 S5

Timothy Phleum pratense 3 -1 G? SE5

Common Reed Phragmites australis 0 -4 G5 S5

Lopseed Phryma leptostachya 6 5 G5 S4S5

Canada Clearweed Pilea pumila 5 -3 G5 S5

Eastern White Pine Pinus strobus 4 3 G5 S5

English Plantain Plantago lanceolata 0 -1 G5 SE5

Nipple-seed Plantain Plantago major -1 -1 G5 SE5

Canada Bluegrass Poa compressa 0 2 G? S5

Woods Bluegrass Poa nemoralis 0 -1 G5 SE3

Fowl Bluegrass Poa palustris 5 -4 G5 S5

Kentucky Bluegrass Poa pratensis ssp pratensis 0 1 G5T S5

May Apple Podophyllum peltatum 5 3 G5 S5

Gay-wing Milkwort Polygala paucifolia 6 3 G5 S5

Giant Solomon's Seal Polygonatum biflorum 8 3 G5 S4

Downy Solomon's Seal Polygonatum pubescens 5 5 G5 S5

Water Smartweed Polygonum amphibium 5 -5 G5 S5

Prostrate Knotweed Polygonum aviculare 1 -1 G? SE5

Black Bindweed Polygonum convolvulus 1 -1 G? SE5

Water-pepper Polygonum hydropiper -5 G5 SE5

Dock-leaf Smartweed Polygonum lapathifolium 2 -4 G5 S5

Pennsylvania Smartweed Polygonum pensylvanicum 3 -4 G5 S5

Lady's Thumb Polygonum persicaria -3 -1 G? SE5

Dotted Smartweed Polygonum punctatum 4 -5 G5 S5 W*

Arrow-leaved Tearthumb Polygonum sagittatum 5 -5 G5 S4 W

Christmas Fern Polystichum acrostichoides 5 5 G5 S5

Balsam Poplar Populus balsamifera ssp balsamifera 4 -3 G5T? S5

Eastern Cottonwood Populus deltoides ssp monilifera 4 -1 G5T? S5 W+

ECOPLANS Table E-1. Vascular Plant List Page E-9

Page 56: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESPNatural Environment

November2013

Common Name Scientific Name

Uni

t 1

Uni

t 2

Uni

t 3

Uni

t 4

Uni

t 5

Uni

t 6

Uni

t 7

Uni

t 8

Uni

t 9

Uni

t 10

Uni

t 11

Uni

t 12

Uni

t 13

Uni

t 14

Uni

t 15

Uni

t 16

Uni

t 17

Uni

t 18

Uni

t 19

Uni

t 20

Uni

t 21

Uni

t 22

Uni

t 23

Uni

t 24

Uni

t 25

*

HR

1

HR

2

HR

3

cc1 cw1 wi

gran

k2

Sran

k3

CO

SEW

IC4

MN

R5

Wat

erlo

o R

egio

n Si

gnifi

canc

e

Large-tooth Aspen Populus grandidentata 5 3 G5 S5

Trembling Aspen Populus tremuloides 2 0 G5 S5

Common Purslane Portulaca oleracea 0 1 G? SE5

Pondweed Species Potamogeton sp.

Norway Cinquefoil Potentilla norvegica ssp. norvegica 0 0 G5T? SU

Marsh Cinquefoil Potentilla palustris 7 -5 G5 S5

Sulphur Cinquefoil Potentilla recta 5 -2 G? SE5

Old-field Cinquefoil Potentilla simplex 3 4 G5 S5

White Rattlesnake-root Prenanthes alba 6 3 G5 S5

Tall Rattlesnake-root Prenanthes altissima 5 3 G5? S5

Self-heal Prunella vulgaris ssp lanceolata

5 5 G5T? S5

Sweet Cherry Prunus avium 5 -2 G? SE4

Fire Cherry Prunus pensylvanica 3 4 G5 S5

Wild Black Cherry Prunus serotina 3 3 G5 S5

Choke Cherry Prunus virginiana ssp virginiana 2 1 G5T? S5

Bracken Fern Pteridium aquilinum var latiusculum 2 3 G5T S5

Shinleaf Pyrola elliptica 5 5 G5 S5

Common Pear Pyrus communis 5 -1 G5 SE4

White Oak Quercus alba 6 3 G5 S5

Northern Pin Oak Quercus ellipsoidalis 9 5 G4 S3 W

Bur Oak Quercus macrocarpa 5 1 G5 S5

Northern Red Oak Quercus rubra 6 3 G5 S5

Black Oak Quercus velutina 8 5 G5 S4 W*

Kidney-leaved Buttercup Ranunculus abortivus 2 -2 G5 S5

Tall Buttercup Ranunculus acris -2 -2 G5 SE5

Bristly Crowfoot Ranunculus pensylvanicus 3 -5 G5 S5

Hooked Crowfoot Ranunculus recurvatus var. recurvatus 4 -3 G5 S5

Cursed Crowfoot Ranunculus sceleratus var sceleratus 2 -5 G5T5 S5

Buckthorn Rhamnus cathartica 3 -3 G? SE5

Glossy Buckthorn Rhamnus frangula -1 -3 G? SE5

Western Poison Ivy Rhus radicans ssp rydbergii 0 0 G5T S5

Staghorn Sumac Rhus typhina 1 5 G5 S5

Wild Black Currant Ribes americanum 4 -3 G5 S5

Prickly Gooseberry Ribes cynosbati 4 5 G5 S5

Northern Red Currant Ribes rubrum 5 -2 G4G5 SE5

ECOPLANS Table E-1. Vascular Plant List Page E-10

Page 57: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESPNatural Environment

November2013

Common Name Scientific Name

Uni

t 1

Uni

t 2

Uni

t 3

Uni

t 4

Uni

t 5

Uni

t 6

Uni

t 7

Uni

t 8

Uni

t 9

Uni

t 10

Uni

t 11

Uni

t 12

Uni

t 13

Uni

t 14

Uni

t 15

Uni

t 16

Uni

t 17

Uni

t 18

Uni

t 19

Uni

t 20

Uni

t 21

Uni

t 22

Uni

t 23

Uni

t 24

Uni

t 25

*

HR

1

HR

2

HR

3

cc1 cw1 wi

gran

k2

Sran

k3

CO

SEW

IC4

MN

R5

Wat

erlo

o R

egio

n Si

gnifi

canc

e

Swamp Red Currant Ribes triste 6 -5 G5 S5

Black Locust Robinia pseudo-acacia 0 -3 G5 SE5

Hispid Yellow-cress Rorippa palustris ssp. hispida

G5T5 S5

Smooth Rose Rosa blanda 3 3 G5 S5

Carolina Rose Rosa carolina 6 4 G4G5 S4 W

Rambler Rose Rosa multiflora 3 -3 G? SE4

Sweetbrier Rose Rosa rubiginosa 5 -1 G? SE4

Allegheny Blackberry Rubus allegheniensis 2 2 G5 S5

Trailing Blackberry Rubus hispidus 6 -3 G5 S4S5 W#

Wild Red Raspberry Rubus idaeus ssp strigosus 0 -2 G5 S5

Black Raspberry Rubus occidentalis 2 5 G5 S5

Dwarf Raspberry Rubus pubescens 4 -4 G5 S5

Black-eyed Susan Rudbeckia hirta 0 3 G5 S5

Tall Coneflower Rudbeckia laciniata 7 -4 G5 S5

Curly Dock Rumex crispus -1 -2 G? SE5

Bitter Dock Rumex obtusifolius ssp obtusifolius -3 -1 G? SE5

Water Dock Rumex orbiculatus 6 -5 G5 S4S5

Swamp Dock Rumex verticillatus 7 -5 G5 S4

Broadleaf Arrowhead Sagittaria latifolia 4 -5 G5 S5

White Willow Salix alba -3 -2 G5 SE4

Peach-leaved Willow Salix amygdaloides 6 -3 G5 S5

Bebb's Willow Salix bebbiana 4 -4 G5 S5

Pussy Willow Salix discolor 3 -3 G5 S5

Heart-leaved Willow Salix eriocephala 4 -3 G5 S5

Sandbar Willow Salix exigua 3 -5 G5 S5

Crack Willow Salix fragilis -1 -3 G? SE5

Shining Willow Salix lucida 5 -4 G5 S5

Black Willow Salix nigra 6 -5 G5 S4?

Meadow Willow Salix petiolaris 3 -4 G5 S5

Basket Willow Salix purpurea -3 -2 G5 SE4

Reddish Willow Salix x rubens -4 -3 HYB SE4

Common Elderberry Sambucus canadensis 5 -2 G5 S5

Red-berried Elder Sambucus racemosa ssp pubens 5 2 G5T4T5 S5

Bloodroot Sanguinaria canadensis 5 4 G5 S5

Bouncing-bet Saponaria officinalis 3 -3 G? SE5

ECOPLANS Table E-1. Vascular Plant List Page E-11

Page 58: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESPNatural Environment

November2013

Common Name Scientific Name

Uni

t 1

Uni

t 2

Uni

t 3

Uni

t 4

Uni

t 5

Uni

t 6

Uni

t 7

Uni

t 8

Uni

t 9

Uni

t 10

Uni

t 11

Uni

t 12

Uni

t 13

Uni

t 14

Uni

t 15

Uni

t 16

Uni

t 17

Uni

t 18

Uni

t 19

Uni

t 20

Uni

t 21

Uni

t 22

Uni

t 23

Uni

t 24

Uni

t 25

*

HR

1

HR

2

HR

3

cc1 cw1 wi

gran

k2

Sran

k3

CO

SEW

IC4

MN

R5

Wat

erlo

o R

egio

n Si

gnifi

canc

e

Hardstem Club-rush Schoenoplectus acutus 6 -5 G5 S5 W

Woolgrass Bulrush Scirpus atrovirens 3 -5 G5? S5

Cottongrass Bulrush Scirpus cyperinus 4 -5 G5 S5

Soft-stemmed Bulrush Scirpus validus 5 -5 G? S5

Hooded Skullcap Scutellaria galericulata 6 -5 G5 S5

Mad Dog Skullcap Scutellaria lateriflora 5 -5 G5 S5

Giant Foxtail Setaria faberi 2 -1 G? SE4

Yellow Foxtail Setaria pumila 0 -1 G? SE5

Green Bristle Grass Setaria viridis 5 -1 G? SE5

Bladder Campion Silene latifolia 5 -2 G? SE5

Night-flowering Catchfly Silene noctiflora 5 -1 G? SE5

Maiden's Tears Silene vulgaris 5 -1 G? SE5

Hemlock Water-parsnip Sium suave 4 -5 G5 S5

Smooth Herbaceous Greenbrier Smilax herbacea 5 0 G5 S4

Hispid Greenbrier Smilax hispida 6 0 G5Q S4

Climbing Nightshade Solanum dulcamara 0 -2 G? SE5

Black Nightshade Solanum nigrum 0 -1 G? SE1

Tall Goldenrod Solidago altissima var altissima 1 3 G? S5

Bluestem Goldenrod Solidago caesia 5 3 G5 S5

Canada Goldenrod Solidago canadensis 1 3 G5 S5

Broad-leaved Goldenrod Solidago flexicaulis 6 3 G5 S5

Smooth Goldenrod Solidago gigantea 4 -3 G5 S5

Field Goldenrod Solidago nemoralis ssp nemoralis 2 5 G5T? S5

Rough-leaved Goldenrod Solidago patula 8 -5 G5 S5

Rough Goldenrod Solidago rugosa ssp rugosa 4 -1 G5T? S5

Field Sowthistle Sonchus arvensis ssp arvensis 1 -1 G?T? SE5

Spiny-leaf Sowthistle Sonchus asper ssp asper 0 -1 G?T? SE5

Common Sowthistle Sonchus oleraceus 3 -1 G? SE5

Marsh Sowthistle Sonchus palustris -5 -1 G? SE1

European Mountain-ash Sorbus aucuparia 5 -2 G5 SE4

Large Bur-reed Sparganium eurycarpum 3 -5 G5 S5

Narrow-leaved Meadow-sweet Spiraea alba 3 -4 G5 S5

Common Water-flaxseed Spirodela polyrhiza 4 -5 G5 S5

Sand Dropseed Sporobolus cryptandrus 2 4 G5 S4 W*

Rosy Twisted-stalk Streptopus roseus 7 0 G5 S5

ECOPLANS Table E-1. Vascular Plant List Page E-12

Page 59: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESPNatural Environment

November2013

Common Name Scientific Name

Uni

t 1

Uni

t 2

Uni

t 3

Uni

t 4

Uni

t 5

Uni

t 6

Uni

t 7

Uni

t 8

Uni

t 9

Uni

t 10

Uni

t 11

Uni

t 12

Uni

t 13

Uni

t 14

Uni

t 15

Uni

t 16

Uni

t 17

Uni

t 18

Uni

t 19

Uni

t 20

Uni

t 21

Uni

t 22

Uni

t 23

Uni

t 24

Uni

t 25

*

HR

1

HR

2

HR

3

cc1 cw1 wi

gran

k2

Sran

k3

CO

SEW

IC4

MN

R5

Wat

erlo

o R

egio

n Si

gnifi

canc

e

Snowberry Symphoricarpos albus 7 4 G5 S5

Heart-leaved Aster Symphyotrichum cordifolium 5 5 G5 S5

Heath Aster Symphyotrichum ericoides ssp ericoides 4 4 G5T? S5

Panicled Aster Symphyotrichum lanceolatum ssp lanceolatum 3 -3 G5T? S5

Calico Aster Symphyotrichum lateriflorum var lateriflorum 3 -2 G5T5 S5

New England Aster Symphyotrichum novae-angliae 2 -3 G5 S5

Sky-blue Aster Symphyotrichum oolentangiense 9 5 G5 S4 W

Hairy Aster Symphyotrichum pilosum var pilosum 4 2 G5T? S5

Purple-stemmed Aster Symphyotrichum puniceum 6 -5 G5T? S5

Arrow-leaved Aster Symphyotrichum urophyllum 6 5 G4 S4

Skunk Cabbage Symplocarpus foetidus 7 -5 G5 S5

Common Lilac Syringa vulgaris 5 -2 G? SE5

Common Tansy Tanacetum vulgare 5 -1 G? SE5

Common Dandelion Taraxacum officinale 3 -2 G5 SE5

Early Meadowrue Thalictrum dioicum 5 2 G5 S5

New York Fern Thelypteris noveboracensis 7 -1 G5 S4S5

Marsh Fern Thelypteris palustris var pubescens 5 -4 G5T? S5

Field Penny-cress Thlaspi arvense 5 -1 G? SE5

Northern White Cedar Thuja occidentalis 4 -3 G5 S5

Heart-leaved Foam-flower Tiarella cordifolia 6 1 G5 S5

American Basswood Tilia americana 4 3 G5 S5

Meadow Goat's-beard Tragopogon pratensis ssp pratensis 5 -1 G?T? SE5

Northern Starflower Trientalis borealis ssp borealis 6 -1 G5T? S5

Alsike Clover Trifolium hybridum ssp elegans 1 -1 G? SE5

Red Clover Trifolium pratense 2 -2 G? SE5

Red Trillium Trillium erectum 6 1 G5 S5

White Trillium Trillium grandiflorum 5 5 G5 S5

Horse Gentian Triosteum aurantiacum 7 5 G5 S5

Eastern Hemlock Tsuga canadensis 7 3 G5 S5

Colt's Foot Tussilago farfara 3 -2 G? SE5

Narrow-leaved Cattail Typha angustifolia 3 -5 G5 S5

Broad-leaf Cattail Typha latifolia 3 -5 G5 S5

Blue Cattail Typha x glauca 3 -5 G5 SE5

American Elm Ulmus americana 3 -2 G5? S5

Stinging Nettle Urtica dioica ssp dioica -1 -1 G5T? SE2

ECOPLANS Table E-1. Vascular Plant List Page E-13

Page 60: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESPNatural Environment

November2013

Common Name Scientific Name

Uni

t 1

Uni

t 2

Uni

t 3

Uni

t 4

Uni

t 5

Uni

t 6

Uni

t 7

Uni

t 8

Uni

t 9

Uni

t 10

Uni

t 11

Uni

t 12

Uni

t 13

Uni

t 14

Uni

t 15

Uni

t 16

Uni

t 17

Uni

t 18

Uni

t 19

Uni

t 20

Uni

t 21

Uni

t 22

Uni

t 23

Uni

t 24

Uni

t 25

*

HR

1

HR

2

HR

3

cc1 cw1 wi

gran

k2

Sran

k3

CO

SEW

IC4

MN

R5

Wat

erlo

o R

egio

n Si

gnifi

canc

e

Slender Stinging Nettle Urtica dioica ssp gracilis 2 -1 S5

Late Lowbush Blueberry Vaccinium angustifolium 6 3 G5 S5 W*

Small Cranberry Vaccinium oxycoccus 10 -5 G5 S5 W

Common Mullein Verbascum thapsus 5 -2 G? SE5

Blue Vervain Verbena hastata 4 -4 G5 S5

White Vervain Verbena urticifolia 4 -1 G5 S5

Common Speedwell Veronica officinalis 5 -2 G5 SE5

Maple-leaf Viburnum Viburnum acerifolium 6 5 G5 S5

Nannyberry Viburnum lentago 4 -1 G5 S5

Guelder-rose Viburnum Viburnum opulus 0 -1 G5 SE4

Downy Arrow-wood Viburnum rafinesquianum 7 5 G5 S5

Tufted Vetch Vicia cracca 5 -1 G? SE5

American Bog Violet Viola conspersa 4 -2 G5 S5

Downy Yellow Violet Viola pubescens 5 4 G5 S5

Violet Species Viola sp.

Riverbank Grape Vitis riparia 0 -2 G5 S5

Barren Strawberry Waldsteinia fragarioides 5 5 G5 S5

Watermeal sp. Wolffia sp.

Northern Prickly Ash Zanthoxylum americanum 3 5 G5 S5 W*

474 154 87 140 49 127 40 96 90 79 117 103 29 80 98 62 50 75 16 31 56 15 41 49 39 39 52 72 22 468 471 126 472 471 1 1 35

* Note: some species identifications for Unit 25 (Barrie's Lake) are provision given survey timing ** Status not verified for P. punctatum

ECOPLANS Table E-1. Vascular Plant List Page E-14

Page 61: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

APPENDIX F – AVIFAUNA SURVEY RESULTS

Page 62: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESPNatural Environment - Breeding Bird Survey Results

November 2013

Common Name

Hig

hes

t B

reed

ing

Evid

ence

20

08-

2011

Hig

hes

t B

reed

ing

Stat

us

200

8-2

011*

Hig

hes

t A

bu

nd

ance

2008

-20

11

GR

AN

K1

SRA

NK

2

CO

SEW

IC3

MN

R4

SAR

A S

tatu

s 5

Sch

edu

le 5

RM

OW

sta

tus

MN

R A

rea

Sen

siti

ve7

Hab

itat

Use

8

NH

IC T

rack

ed

BE No. BE No. BE No. BE No. BE No. BE No. BE No. BE No. BE No. BE No.

American Coot S 1 S 2 S/H 1 S/H POSS 2 G5  S4B,SZN  W X M/F N

American Crow FY 4 P 3 T 4 FY 6 H 4 H 1 H 1 H 3 H 3 FY CONF 6 G5  S5B,SZN  E N

American Goldfinch P 5 P 5 T 9 P 8 P 6 P 4 S/H 3 H 4 P 4 T PROB 9 G5  S5B,SZN  E N

American Redstart S 1 T 3 A 1 A PROB 3 G5  S5B,SZN  W X I N

American Robin CF 11 FY 5 CF 10 NE 15 FY 5 CF 2 P 2 CF 3 CF 2 NE CONF 15 G5  S5B,SZN  E N

American Woodcock D 2 D PROB 2 G5  S5B,SZN  E N

Baltimore Oriole FY 4 P 3 FY 4 FY 8 S 3 S 1 T 3 S 1 FY CONF 8 G5  S5B,SZN  E N

Bank Swallow P 3 H 6 S/H 20 H 8 P PROB 20 G5  S5B,SZN  N

Barn Swallow FY 6 FY 30 FY 10 FY 40 T 6 P 6 FY CONF 40 G5  S4B,SZN  THR N

Belted Kingfisher S 1 S POSS 1 G5  S5B,SZN  U N

Black-Billed Cuckoo T 1 S 1 T PROB 1 G5  S4B,SZN  W I/E N

Black-capped Chickadee FY 4 T 4 FY 4 FY 9 S 6 S 2 T 2 S 3 FY CONF 9 G5  S5  I/E N

Black-throated Green Warbler S 1 S POSS 1 G5  S5B,SZN  W X I N

Blue Jay FY 8 T 5 H 3 H 4 S 4 H 3 FY CONF 8 G5  S5  I/E N

Blue-winged Teal P 2 S 1 P PROB 2 G5  S5B,SZN  M/F N

Brown Creeper S 2 S POSS 2 G5  S5B,SZN  W X I N

Brown Thrasher S 1 S POSS 1 G5  S5B,SZN  W E N

Brown-headed Cowbird FY 6 P 3 P 12 FY 14 P 4 P 2 S 1 FY 6 H 2 FY CONF 14 G5  S5B,SZN  E N

Canada Goose FY 10 FY 10 FY 70 H 25 FY 18 P 22 FY 10 FY CONF 70 G5  S5B,SZN  M/F N

Canada Warbler S 1 S 2 S POSS 2 G5  S5B,SZN  THR SC THR 1 W X I N

Cedar Waxwing P 3 P 8 T 7 P 6 P 2 S 8 T PROB 8 G5  S5B,SZN  E N

Chestnut-sided Warbler S 1 S POSS 1 G5  S5B,SZN  W E N

Chimney Swift H 4 H 2 H POSS 4 G5  S5B,SZN  THR THR THR 1 N

Chipping Sparrow S 1 S 1 S 2 S 2 S 1 S POSS 2 G5  S5B,SZN  E N

Cliff Swallow P 3 FY 40 FY CONF 40 G5  S5B,SZN  W* N

Common Grackle FY 20 FY 11 CF 30 FY 10 FY 4 FY 8 S 10 FY 6 CF CONF 30 G5  S5B,SZN  E N

Common Moorhen FY 7 FY 6 FY 7 S 1 FY CONF 7 G5  S4B,SZN  W M/F N

Common Yellowthroat S 1 S 3 T 3 S 1 T 3 T PROB 3 G5  S5B,SZN  I/E N

Downy Woodpecker S 1 FY 2 S 1 H 2 H 3 H 1 FY CONF 2 G5  S5  I/E N

Eastern Kingbird S 2 T 2 P 2 S 1 H 1 T PROB 2 G5  S5B,SZN  E N

Eastern Phoebe S 1 FY 6 FY CONF 6 G5  S5B,SZN  I/E N

Eastern Screech-owl T 1 T PROB 1 G5  S5  N

Eastern Wood-pewee T 3 T 4 T 2 T 1 T PROB 4 G5  S5B,SZN  I/E N

European Starling FY 10 FY 14 FY 30 FY 30 CF 20 S/H 2 H 6 CF CONF 30 G5  SE  E N

Gray Catbird FY 5 T 1 T 4 S 1 T 3 FY CONF 5 G5  S5B,SZN  I/E N

Great Blue Heron X 1 P 2 X 1 P 2 S/H 7 P PROB 2 G5  S5B,SZN  WS/B,

M/FN

Great Crested Flycatcher S 3 T 2 S 2 S 1 T PROB 3 G5  S5B,SZN  I/E N

Great Horned Owl X 1 FY 1 FY CONF 1 G5  S5  N

Green Heron H 1 H POSS 1 G5  S4B,SZN  WS/B,

M/FN

Hairy Woodpecker S 1 S 1 H 1 S POSS 1 G5  S5  X I N

Hooded Merganser FY 4 S/H 2 FY 4 FY CONF 4 G5  S5B,SZN  WS/B,

M/FN

Horned Lark T 11 P 2 P 2 T PROB 11 G5  S5B,SZN  N

House Finch S 2 S 2 S 1 S POSS 2 G5  SE  N

House Sparrow P 5 FY 8 FY 6 P 2 P 5 FY CONF 8 G5  SE  E N

House Wren T 2 S 2 A 3 S 1 T 1 A PROB 3 G5  S5B,SZN  E N

Indigo Bunting T 3 S 1 S 2 T 4 T 3 T 2 T PROB 4 G5  S5B,SZN  E N

Killdeer A 3 NE 4 A 2 DD 13 NE CONF 13 G5  S5B,SZN  N

Least Bittern S 2 S POSS 2 G5  S3B,SZN  THR THR THR 1 CV X M/F Y

Least Flycatcher S 1 S POSS 1 G5  S5B,SZN  W X E N

Mallard FY 10 FY 31 P 9 P 2 H 2 S/H 1 NU 1 FY CONF 31 G5  S5B,SZN S/B,

M/FN

Marsh Wren T 2 T PROB 2 G5  S5B,SZN  W M/F N

Mourning Dove P 4 S 2 P 6 P 22 S 1 S 3 H 4 P PROB 22 G5  S5B,SZN  E N

Northern Cardinal FY 6 S 1 T 4 FY 4 S/H 1 S 1 P 2 FY 4 P 4 FY CONF 6 G5  S5  I/E N

Unit 7

Wetland / Agri Field

Unit 8

Barrie's Lake

Unit 9

Devil's Creek Valley

Unit 10

South of Blenheim Rd.

Unit 1

East Side Woodland

Unit 2

South-west Wetland

Unit 3

West Central Wetland

Unit 4

West Side Woodland

Unit 5

Open Areas

Unit 6

Central Isolated

Wetland

ECOPLANS Table F-1. Breeding Bird Observations Page F1-1

Page 63: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESPNatural Environment - Breeding Bird Survey Results

November 2013

Common Name

Hig

hes

t B

reed

ing

Evid

ence

20

08-

2011

Hig

hes

t B

reed

ing

Stat

us

200

8-2

011*

Hig

hes

t A

bu

nd

ance

2008

-20

11

GR

AN

K1

SRA

NK

2

CO

SEW

IC3

MN

R4

SAR

A S

tatu

s 5

Sch

edu

le 5

RM

OW

sta

tus

MN

R A

rea

Sen

siti

ve7

Hab

itat

Use

8

NH

IC T

rack

ed

BE No. BE No. BE No. BE No. BE No. BE No. BE No. BE No. BE No. BE No.

Unit 7

Wetland / Agri Field

Unit 8

Barrie's Lake

Unit 9

Devil's Creek Valley

Unit 10

South of Blenheim Rd.

Unit 1

East Side Woodland

Unit 2

South-west Wetland

Unit 3

West Central Wetland

Unit 4

West Side Woodland

Unit 5

Open Areas

Unit 6

Central Isolated

Wetland

Northern Flicker S 3 T 1 NY 2 S/H 1 S/H 1 NY CONF 3 G5  S5B,SZN  I/E N

Northern Waterthrush S 1 S POSS 1 G5  S5B,SZN  W I N

Northern Rough-winged Swallow H 2 FY 35 P 4 H 1 FY CONF 35 G5  S5B,SZN  M/F N

Pied-billed Grebe S 1 FY 4 FY 9 FY 5 FY CONF 9 G5  S4B,SZN  W M/F N

Pileated Woodpecker S/H 1 S 1 S/H POSS 1 G5  S4S5  W X I N

Red-bellied Woodpecker S 1 S 2 S POSS 2 G5  S4  W I/E N

Red-eyed Vireo T 4 S 1 T 8 S 4 T PROB 8 G5  S5B,SZN  I/E N

Red-tailed Hawk AE 2 S 1 H 1 H 1 AE CONF 2 G5  S5B,SZN  E N

Red-winged Blackbird FY 20 NE 100 FY 100 FY 50 S/H 1 FY 50 FY 10 FY 50 FY 10 NE CONF 100 G5  S5B,SZN  E N

Rock Pigeon S/H 15 H 2 H POSS 15 G5  SE  N

Rose-breasted Grosbeak FY 4 FY 3 S/H 1 S 2 S 2 FY CONF 4 G5  S5B,SZN  I/E N

Ruby-throated Hummingbird T 1 S 3 S 1 T PROB 3 G5  S5B,SZN  W* E N

Sandhill Crane D 2 D 2 P 3 D PROB 3 G5  S4B,SZN  W X N

Savannah Sparrow S 2 T 3 S 1 T PROB 3 G5  S5B,SZN  X N

Scarlet Tanager A 2 A PROB 2 G5  S5B,SZN  W X I N

Song Sparrow FY 10 T 7 FY 12 T 3 A 4 S 2 S 4 T 3 S 2 S 3 FY CONF 12 G5  S5B,SZN  E N

Sora S 1 T 4 S 3 T PROB 4 G5  S4B,SZN  W M/F N

Spotted Sandpiper FY 3 S/H 1 A 8 S 1 FY CONF 8 G5  S5B,SZN  N

Swamp Sparrow S 1 A 2 A PROB 2 G5  S5B,SZN  E N

Tree Swallow T 8 FY 25 FY 10 P 10 S 3 FY CONF 25 G5  S5B,SZN  E N

Trumpeter Swan P 2 FY 5 H 2 FY CONF 5 G4  S2S3  N

Turkey Vulture H 1 H 2 H 4 H 8 H 8 H POSS 8 G5  S4B,SZN  W N

Veery S 1 S POSS 1 G5  S4B,SZN  W X I N

Vesper Sparrow S 2 FY 1 FY CONF 2 G5  S4B,SZN  W N

Virginia Rail T 2 T 5 T 2 T PROB 5 G5  S4B,SZN  W M/F N

Warbling Vireo NE 3 T 3 S 1 NE CONF 3 G5  S5B,SZN  E N

White-breasted Nuthatch S/H 1 S 1 FY 4 H 1 T 1 FY CONF 4 G5  S5  X I N

Wild Turkey T 1 H 1 FY 6 H 4 FY CONF 6 G5  S4  I/E N

Willow Flycatcher T 3 T 2 T PROB 3 G5  S5B,SZN  N

Winter Wren S 1 S 2 S POSS 2 G5  S5B,SZN  W X I N

Wood Duck FY 10 FY 12 P 2 P 2 FY 5 FY CONF 12 G5  S5B,SZN  W* M/F N

Wood Thrush S 1 S 3 S POSS 3 G5  S5B,SZN  I/E N

Yellow Warbler FY 5 T 3 FY 12 S 1 S 2 S 1 A 2 FY CONF 12 G5  S5B,SZN  E N

Yellow-rumped Warbler S 2 S 1 S 1 S POSS 2 G5  S5B,SZN  W I N

87 47 47 45 45 61 61 43 43 32 32 33 33 10 10 30 30 28 28 19 19 4 3 3 3 32 15

Notes

American Coot

Bank Swallow

Black-throated Green Warbler Recorded on May 20/22, 2009. Likely a late migrant. Typically breeds further north.

Canada Warbler

Chimney Swift

Cliff Swallow

Northern Waterthrush

Northern Rough-winged Swallow

Yellow-rumped Warbler

Nesting habitat not observed on-site (typically sand, clay or gravel river banks or steep cliffs); Bank Swallows are aerial insectivores typically foraging over water, flying distances from nesting site for food supply. Local breeding

habitat may be present in nearby gravel pits.

Recorded in Unit 2 and 3 on May 20/22, 2009; Recorded in Unit 6 on July 9, 2009. Earlier records possible migrants.

Nesting habitat not observed on-site (typically cliffs/bluffs/bridges/houses); CLSW's are aerial insectivores typically foraging over water, flying distances from nesting site for food supply. Nesting present on local bridges (e.g.

Grand River).

May 29, 2008; July 9, 2009; June 8, 2010; July 7, 2010; July 26, 2010; May 25, 2011. Nesting habitat not observed on-site (sandy road banks, steep riparian banks or drainage holes); NRWS's are aerial insectivores typically

foraging over water, flying distances from nesting site for food supply

May 20/22, 2009. Likely a late migrant. Typically breeds further north.

Recorded in 2 survey units on May 20/22, 2009. Likely late migrants.

Nesting habitat not observed in study area; Chimney Swifts are aerial insectivores typically foraging over water, flying distances from nesting site for food supply

1 S on July 26, 2010 Unit 4 woodland / swamp

ECOPLANS Table F-1. Breeding Bird Observations Page F1-2

Page 64: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP

Natural Environment - Supplemental / Migrant Bird Survey ResultsNovember 2013

Unit 1 Unit 2 Unit 3 Unit 4 Unit 5 Unit 6 Unit 7 Unit 8 Unit 9

East Side Woodland

South-West Woodland

West-Central Wetland

West Side Woodland Open Areas Central Isolated

WetlandWetland / Agri

Field Barrie's Lake Devil's Creek Valley

Hig

hest

A

bund

ance

(2

008-

2011

)

Hig

hest

A

bund

ance

(2

008-

2011

)

Hig

hest

A

bund

ance

(2

008-

2011

)

Hig

hest

A

bund

ance

(2

008-

2011

)

Hig

hest

A

bund

ance

(2

008-

2011

)

Hig

hest

A

bund

ance

(2

008-

2011

)

Hig

hest

A

bund

ance

(2

008-

2011

)

Hig

hest

A

bund

ance

(2

008-

2011

)

Hig

hest

A

bund

ance

(2

008-

2011

)

American Bittern 1 1 1 flushed from Unit 6 April 16, 2010

American Crow 6 20 10 1 50 6 10 4 50American Goldfinch 2 12 12 6 25 1 5 14 25American Redstart 4 1 2 4American Robin 5 24 20 4 50 7 2 20 5 50American Tree Sparrow 4 12 10 1 1 12 1 12American Wigeon 1 8 4 2 8Bald Eagle 1 1 1Baltimore Oriole 3 1 3 1 1 2 3Bank Swallow 5 55 20 20 10 9 55Barn Swallow 6 4 20 4 1 20Belted Kingfisher 1 1 1 1 1 1Black-and-white Warbler 2 1 2Blackburnian Warbler 1 1Black-capped Chickadee 11 6 7 10 1 1 20 13 20Blackpoll Warbler 2 2 1 2Black-throated Blue Warbler 4 1 4Black-throated Green Warbler 7 2 3 7Blue Jay 8 2 12 7 2 1 11 12Blue-gray Gnatcatcher 1 1 1Blue-winged Teal 4 20 1 2 20Bobolink 8 8 8 flyovers on Aug. 17, 2010Brown-headed Cowbird 1 4 2 1 1 1 4Bufflehead 12 10 2 4 12Canada Goose 50 120 700 100 5 250 2 700 700 X Oct. 18, 2010Carolina Wren 1 1 1Caspian Tern 1 1 1Cedar Waxwing 7 6 10 4 1 4 5 10Chestnut-sided Warbler 4 1 4Chimney Swift 3 3 07/26/2010; 08/17/2010; 09/01/2010Chipping Sparrow 2 1 2 1 2 2Cliff Swallow 18 10 4 2 18Common Grackle 3 4 5 1 5 2 10 3 10Common Merganser 6 12 12Common Moorhen 20 15 2 1 20 20 X Sept 1, 2009 Unit 2Common Nighthawk 1 1Common Yellowthroat 2 3 2 1 3 2 3Cooper's Hawk 1 1Dark-eyed Junco 6 4 1 2 6Downy Woodpecker 4 1 1 2 3 2 4Dunlin 1 1Eastern Kingbird 1 3 5 2 1 1 2 5Eastern Meadowlark 1 1Eastern Phoebe 1 1 1Eastern Wood-pewee 3 1 5 1 5European Starling 60 10 2 2 1 2 60Field Sparrow 1 1

Common Name

Hig

hest

Abu

ndan

ce 2

008-

2011

(com

posi

te)

COMMENTS

Table F-2. Supplemental / Migrant Bird Survey Results, Cambridge West MESP (2008-2011)

ECOPLANS Table F-2. Supplemental / Migrant Bird Survey Results (2008-2011) Page F2 - 1

Page 65: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP

Natural Environment - Supplemental / Migrant Bird Survey ResultsNovember 2013

Unit 1 Unit 2 Unit 3 Unit 4 Unit 5 Unit 6 Unit 7 Unit 8 Unit 9

East Side Woodland

South-West Woodland

West-Central Wetland

West Side Woodland Open Areas Central Isolated

WetlandWetland / Agri

Field Barrie's Lake Devil's Creek Valley

Hig

hest

A

bund

ance

(2

008-

2011

)

Hig

hest

A

bund

ance

(2

008-

2011

)

Hig

hest

A

bund

ance

(2

008-

2011

)

Hig

hest

A

bund

ance

(2

008-

2011

)

Hig

hest

A

bund

ance

(2

008-

2011

)

Hig

hest

A

bund

ance

(2

008-

2011

)

Hig

hest

A

bund

ance

(2

008-

2011

)

Hig

hest

A

bund

ance

(2

008-

2011

)

Hig

hest

A

bund

ance

(2

008-

2011

)Common Name

Hig

hest

Abu

ndan

ce 2

008-

2011

(com

posi

te)

COMMENTS

Table F-2. Supplemental / Migrant Bird Survey Results, Cambridge West MESP (2008-2011)

Fox Sparrow 1 1Golden-crowned Kinglet 3 3Gray Catbird 3 2 4 4 1 3 4Great Blue Heron 1 1 2 1 1 1 7 7Great Crested Flycatcher 5 3 5Greater Yellowlegs 4 1 4Green Heron 1 1 1 2 1 2Green-winged Teal 45 18 2 50 50 50 - October 9, 2011 Unit 6Hairy Woodpecker 2 1 2 2Hermit Thrush 2 1 2Herring Gull 1 1Hooded Merganser 2 2Horned Lark 1 5 1 50 20 1 50House Finch 2 2 2 2House Sparrow 4 6 10 10House Wren 4 1 2 3 1 2 4Indigo Bunting 4 2 1 3 1 4Killdeer 1 1 8 20 7 1 1 20Lapland Longspur 1 1Least Flycatcher 2 1 2Least Sandpiper 2 2 2Lesser Yellowlegs 2 2 2Mallard 1 32 47 1 1 240 1 25 1 240 240 - Nov. 2, 2011 Unit 6Merlin 1 1Mourning Dove 6 9 10 15 10 1 3 10Mourning Warbler 1 1 1 S on August 17, 2010Nashville Warbler 1 4 4Northern Cardinal 4 4 4 1 1 6 8 8Northern Flicker 5 1 4 3 5 5Northern Harrier 1 1Northern Rough-winged Swallow 2 1 6 1 3 2 6Northern Shrike 1 1Osprey 1 1 1 1Ovenbird 1 1 1 1Pied-billed Grebe 2 4 5 11 11Pileated Woodpecker 1 2 3 3Pine Siskin 2 2Pine Warbler 1 1Purple Finch 3 3 3 - October 8, 2010Red-bellied Woodpecker 2 1 2 1 1 2Red-breasted Nuthatch 1 1Red-eyed Vireo 4 5 3 5Red-tailed Hawk 1 1 1 3 1 3 1 3Red-winged Blackbird 8 100 100 5 1 30 2 70 20 100 100 - May 18, 2010 Unit 3Ring-billed Gull 1 3 7 1 9 50 50Ring-necked Duck 5 17 9 2 17Rock Pigeon 15 7 100 2 1 4 100 100 - October 28, 2010

ECOPLANS Table F-2. Supplemental / Migrant Bird Survey Results (2008-2011) Page F2 - 2

Page 66: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP

Natural Environment - Supplemental / Migrant Bird Survey ResultsNovember 2013

Unit 1 Unit 2 Unit 3 Unit 4 Unit 5 Unit 6 Unit 7 Unit 8 Unit 9

East Side Woodland

South-West Woodland

West-Central Wetland

West Side Woodland Open Areas Central Isolated

WetlandWetland / Agri

Field Barrie's Lake Devil's Creek Valley

Hig

hest

A

bund

ance

(2

008-

2011

)

Hig

hest

A

bund

ance

(2

008-

2011

)

Hig

hest

A

bund

ance

(2

008-

2011

)

Hig

hest

A

bund

ance

(2

008-

2011

)

Hig

hest

A

bund

ance

(2

008-

2011

)

Hig

hest

A

bund

ance

(2

008-

2011

)

Hig

hest

A

bund

ance

(2

008-

2011

)

Hig

hest

A

bund

ance

(2

008-

2011

)

Hig

hest

A

bund

ance

(2

008-

2011

)Common Name

Hig

hest

Abu

ndan

ce 2

008-

2011

(com

posi

te)

COMMENTS

Table F-2. Supplemental / Migrant Bird Survey Results, Cambridge West MESP (2008-2011)

Rose-breasted Grosbeak 3 1 1 3Ruby-crowned Kinglet 1 6 7 7Ruby-throated Hummingbird 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2Rusty Blackbird 3 3 3 - October 7, 2011Sandhill Crane 1 2 2 10 2 10Savannah Sparrow 3 3 2 1 1 1 3Semipalmated Plover 1 1Sharp-shinned Hawk 1 1 1Snow Bunting 22 22Solitary Sandpiper 1 1 1Song Sparrow 3 8 7 5 20 5 1 5 3 20Spotted Sandpiper 2 2 1 3 2 3Swamp Sparrow 2 1 2 1 2 2Tennessee Warbler 1 1Tree Swallow 5 25 1 5 25 25Trumpeter Swan 4 3 1 6 6Tundra Swan 51 51 51 X March 20, 2010 : 12 plus 39 flyover Turkey Vulture 2 1 5 5 6 1 1 6Veery 1 1Vesper Sparrow 2 1 2Warbling Vireo 3 2 6 1 3 2 6Western Palm Warbler 3 3White-breasted Nuthatch 2 1 2 1 1 2 2White-crowned Sparrow 11 1 11White-throated Sparrow 3 7 12 7 1 12Wild Turkey 3 2 1 1 1 3Willow Flycatcher 3 2 4 2 4Wilson's Snipe 3 2 1 1 1 3Winter Wren 1 1 2Wood Duck 8 10 10 23 4 2 23 23 - August 23, 2010 Unit 6Wood Thrush 2 2 2Yellow Warbler 6 12 1 4 3 12 12 - May 18, 2010 Unit 3Yellow-billed Cuckoo 2 2Yellow-rumped Warbler 19 12 4 19

128 67 69 83 58 51 49 11 57 39

ECOPLANS Table F-2. Supplemental / Migrant Bird Survey Results (2008-2011) Page F2 - 3

Page 67: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

APPENDIX G – INSECT SURVEY RESULTS

Page 68: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESPNatural Environment- Draft

November 2013

2010

2011

Com

posi

te

2010

2011

Com

posi

te

2010

2011

Com

posi

te

2010

2011

Com

posi

te

2010

2011

Com

posi

te

2010

2011

Com

posi

te

2010

2011

Com

posi

te

2010

2011

Com

posi

te

2010

2011

Com

posi

te

2010

2011

Com

posi

te

Columbine Duskywing G4 S4 1 2 1

Wild Indigo Duskywing G5 S4 1 2

Common Branded Skipper G5 S4S5 1 1

Duskywing Species G5 S5

Least Skipper G5 S5 3 2 4 7 2 2 5

European Skipper G5 SE 1 20 10 3 10

Hobomok Skipper G5 S5 1 1

Tawny-edged Skipper G5 S5 2

Dun Skipper G5 S5 1 2

Common Sootywing G5 S3S4 1 1

Black Swallowtail G5 S5 1 1 2

Eastern Tiger Swallowtail G5 S4S5 1 1 2 2 1

Giant Swallowtail G5 S3 1 1

Spicebush Swallowtail G5 S4 1

Cabbage White G5 SE 15 3 2 5 25 5 15 5 7 5 3 4

Clouded Sulphur G5 S5 5 25 30 5 15 6 5

Orange Sulphur G5 S5 1

Bronze Copper G5 S5 1 1 1

Spring Azure G5 S5

Summer Azure G5 S5 2 3 1 3 2

American Snout G5 SZB 1

Pearl Crescent G5 S4 9 5 4

CO

SEW

IC3

Unit 1 East Site

Forest

SAR

A S

tatu

s5

Unit 9 Devil's Creek

Loca

lly U

ncom

mon

Unit 7 West Wetland /

Agri Field

Table G-1. Lepidoptera Observations 2008-2011

Common Name

GR

AN

K1

SRA

NK2

Unit 2 South-west

Wetland

MN

R4

Uni 10 South of

Blenheim Rd

Unit 3 West Central

Wetland

Unit 4 West Side

Forest

Unit 5 Open Areas

Unit 6 Central Isolated Wetland

Unit 8 Barrie's Lake

ECOPLANS Table G-1. Lepidoptera Observations 2008-2011 Page G1-1

Page 69: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESPNatural Environment- Draft

November 2013

2010

2011

Com

posi

te

2010

2011

Com

posi

te

2010

2011

Com

posi

te

2010

2011

Com

posi

te

2010

2011

Com

posi

te

2010

2011

Com

posi

te

2010

2011

Com

posi

te

2010

2011

Com

posi

te

2010

2011

Com

posi

te

2010

2011

Com

posi

te

CO

SEW

IC3

Unit 1 East Site

Forest

SAR

A S

tatu

s5

Unit 9 Devil's Creek

Loca

lly U

ncom

mon

Unit 7 West Wetland /

Agri Field

Table G-1. Lepidoptera Observations 2008-2011

Common Name

GR

AN

K1

SRA

NK2

Unit 2 South-west

Wetland

MN

R4

Uni 10 South of

Blenheim Rd

Unit 3 West Central

Wetland

Unit 4 West Side

Forest

Unit 5 Open Areas

Unit 6 Central Isolated Wetland

Unit 8 Barrie's Lake

Northern Crescent G5 S5 3

Tawny Emperor G5 S2S3 1

Question Mark G5 S5 1 1

Eastern Comma G5 S5 1 1 1

Mourning Cloak G5 S5 1 1 2

American Lady G5 S5 1

Painted Lady G5 SZB 3

Viceroy G5 S5 1 2 1

Red Admiral G5 SZB 2 3 1 2

Common Ringlet G5 S5 2 2

Common Wood-Nymph G5 S5

Monarch G4 S4 SC SC SC-1 3 1 2 2 2 1 1 2

34 26 25 26 25 7 14 19 6 3 11 14 11 19 13 11 23 0 0 7 4 4 6 0 0 3 4 0 5 0 4 6 0 3 2

ECOPLANS Table G-1. Lepidoptera Observations 2008-2011 Page G1-2

Page 70: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP Natural Environment

November 2013

2010

2011

Com

posi

te

2010

2011

Com

posi

te

2010

2011

Com

posi

te

2010

2011

Com

posi

te

2010

2011

Com

posi

te

2010

2011

Com

posi

te

2010

2011

Com

posi

te

2010

2011

Com

posi

te

2010

2011

Com

posi

te

2010

2011

Com

posi

te

Canada Darner G5 S5 1 2 1

Lance-tipped Darner G5 S5 6 3 5 2 7 3 2

Variable Darner G5 S5 1

Spatterdock Darner G3G4 S1 1 3 1

Black-tipped Darner G4 S4 7 5 1

Shadow Darner G5 S5 1 2 2 1

Common Green Darner G5 S5 5 3 1 2 11 3 7 6 4 5 2

Unicorn Clubtail G5 S2S3 1

Ebony Jewelwing G5 S5 5 2

Tule Bluet G5 S5 5

Familiar Bluet G5 S5 20 10 40 10 10 2 20 20 20

Boreal Bluet G5 S5 1

Bluet Species G5 S5 250 150

Marsh Bluet G5 S5 2 3 35 15 2

Swamp Darner G5 S2S3 2

Common Baskettail G5 S5 2 5 5

Eastern Pondhawk G5 S5 1 1 3 4 9

Harlequin Darner G5 S3 1

Fragile Forktail G5 S4 2 2

CO

SEW

IC3

Unit 1 East Site Forest

SAR

A S

tatu

s5

Unit 9 Devil's Creek

Loca

lly U

ncom

mon

Unit 7 West Wetland /

Agri Field

Table G-2. Odonata Observations 2008-2011

Common Name

GR

AN

K1

SRA

NK

2

Unit 2 South-west

Wetland

MN

R4

Uni 10 South of

Blenheim Rd

Unit 3 West Central

Wetland

Unit 4 West Side

Forest

Unit 5 Open Areas

Unit 6 Central Isolated

Wetland

Unit 8 Barrie's Lake

ECOPLANS Table G-2. Odonata Observations 2008-2011 Page G2 - 3

Page 71: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP Natural Environment

November 2013

2010

2011

Com

posi

te

2010

2011

Com

posi

te

2010

2011

Com

posi

te

2010

2011

Com

posi

te

2010

2011

Com

posi

te

2010

2011

Com

posi

te

2010

2011

Com

posi

te

2010

2011

Com

posi

te

2010

2011

Com

posi

te

2010

2011

Com

posi

te

CO

SEW

IC3

Unit 1 East Site Forest

SAR

A S

tatu

s5

Unit 9 Devil's Creek

Loca

lly U

ncom

mon

Unit 7 West Wetland /

Agri Field

Table G-2. Odonata Observations 2008-2011

Common Name

GR

AN

K1

SRA

NK

2

Unit 2 South-west

Wetland

MN

R4

Uni 10 South of

Blenheim Rd

Unit 3 West Central

Wetland

Unit 4 West Side

Forest

Unit 5 Open Areas

Unit 6 Central Isolated

Wetland

Unit 8 Barrie's Lake

Eastern Forktail G5 S5 20 5 300 25 10 25 15 30 2

Spotted Spreadwing G5 S5 3 25 10 15 5 10

Spreadwing Species G5 S5 500

Emerald Spreadwing G5 S5 2 75 5 13

Amber-winged Spreadwing G4 S3 3

Slender Spreadwing G5 S5 5 4 100 10 75 50 3 8

Common Spreadwing G5 S5 2

Lyre-tipped Spreadwing G5 S5 10 2

Frosted Whiteface G5 S5 2 3

Dot-tailed Whiteface G5 S5 20 60 15 10 40 25

Widow Skimmer G5 S5 2 5 2

Twelve-spotted Skimmer G5 S5 5 4 5 3 2 3 5 2 2 1

Four-spotted Skimmer G5 S5 2 20 2 2 1

Halloween Pennant G5 S4 1

Calico Pennant G5 S5 2

Slaty Skimmer G5 S4 1

Sedge Sprite G5 S5 10 7

Blue Dasher G5 S5 2 2 6 1 2 9 30

Wandering Glider G5 S4 3 2 2 1

ECOPLANS Table G-2. Odonata Observations 2008-2011 Page G2 - 4

Page 72: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP Natural Environment

November 2013

2010

2011

Com

posi

te

2010

2011

Com

posi

te

2010

2011

Com

posi

te

2010

2011

Com

posi

te

2010

2011

Com

posi

te

2010

2011

Com

posi

te

2010

2011

Com

posi

te

2010

2011

Com

posi

te

2010

2011

Com

posi

te

2010

2011

Com

posi

te

CO

SEW

IC3

Unit 1 East Site Forest

SAR

A S

tatu

s5

Unit 9 Devil's Creek

Loca

lly U

ncom

mon

Unit 7 West Wetland /

Agri Field

Table G-2. Odonata Observations 2008-2011

Common Name

GR

AN

K1

SRA

NK

2

Unit 2 South-west

Wetland

MN

R4

Uni 10 South of

Blenheim Rd

Unit 3 West Central

Wetland

Unit 4 West Side

Forest

Unit 5 Open Areas

Unit 6 Central Isolated

Wetland

Unit 8 Barrie's Lake

Glider Species G5 S4

Common Whitetail G5 S5 2 5 2 1 4 3 2 5 3 3

Cherry-faced Meadowhawk G5 S5 2

White-faced Meadowhawk G5 S5 15 5 15 11 30

Ruby Meadowhawk G5 S5 5 2 2

Band-winged Meadowhawk G5 S4 70 1

Meadowhawk Species G5 S5 200 50 15

Autumn Meadowhawk G5 S5 30 15 3 2

Black Saddlebags G5 S4 5 2 3 3

47 9 14 22 10 8 21 25 19 31 20 18 28 0 0 16 8 4 14 0 0 3 14 6 16 0 7 7 0 9 9

ECOPLANS Table G-2. Odonata Observations 2008-2011 Page G2 - 5

Page 73: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

APPENDIX H – HERPETOFAUNA SURVEY RESULTS

Page 74: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP

Natural EnvironmentNovember 2013

Aliv

e

Dea

d

Aliv

e

Dea

d

Aliv

e

Dea

d

Aliv

e

Dea

d

Aliv

e

Dea

d

Aliv

e

Dea

d

Aliv

e

Dea

d

Aliv

e

Dea

d

Aliv

e

Dea

d

Aliv

e

Dea

d

Aliv

e

Dea

d

Aliv

e

Dea

d

Aliv

e

Dea

d

Aliv

e

Dea

d

Aliv

e

Dea

d

Aliv

e

Dea

d

Aliv

e

Dea

d

Aliv

e

Dea

d

Aliv

e

Dea

d

Salamanders

Unidentifiable Ambystomid sp. 1

Frogs & Toads

American Toad 1 1 2

Bullfrog 2 1

Green Frog 1 15 10 1 3 3

Grey Treefrog 1 3

Northern Leopard Frog 2 2 2 15 1 28 9 27 3 5 1 7

Wood Frog 5 2

Unidentifiable Frog sp. 49 7 1 4 1 2 2

Turtles

Midland Painted Turtle 1 1 1 1 2 2

Snapping Turtle 1 1

Snakes

Eastern Gartersnake 1 1 1

Unidentifiable Snake sp. 1

Other

Raccoon 1 1

Chipmunk 1

Cat 1

Table H-1. Road / mortality results 2008-2011

2011

23-Jun 2-Apr 3-Apr 22-Apr 28-May 4-Apr 7-Apr 22-Jun 7-JulSpecies

2008 2009 2010

21-Jun 28-Jun14-Jul 12-Apr May-19 27-May May-31 Jun-0122-Jun 28-Mar

ECOPLANS Table H-1. Road / mortality results 2008-2011 Page H1-1

Page 75: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP

Natural EnvironmentNovember 2013

Aliv

e

Dea

d

Aliv

e

Dea

d

Aliv

e

Dea

d

Aliv

e

Dea

d

Aliv

e

Dea

d

Aliv

e

Dea

d

Aliv

e

Dea

d

Aliv

e

Dea

d

Aliv

e

Dea

d

Aliv

e

Dea

d

Aliv

e

Dea

d

Aliv

e

Dea

d

Aliv

e

Dea

d

Aliv

e

Dea

d

Aliv

e

Dea

d

Aliv

e

Dea

d

Aliv

e

Dea

d

Aliv

e

Dea

d

Aliv

e

Dea

d

Table H-1. Road / mortality results 2008-2011

2011

23-Jun 2-Apr 3-Apr 22-Apr 28-May 4-Apr 7-Apr 22-Jun 7-JulSpecies

2008 2009 2010

21-Jun 28-Jun14-Jul 12-Apr May-19 27-May May-31 Jun-0122-Jun 28-Mar

American Robin 1

Flycatcher sp. 1

Total Obs 0 2 2 2 2 15 0 2 2 0 1 2 0 0 0 78 15 37 16 20 0 2 0 2 0 8 0 0 0 4 0 2 0 1 9 12 0 4

June 1, 2011: Daytime - during Snake Board survey - 12:20-14:00

June 28, 2011: Daytime Incidental obs - not a full RM survey

July 7, 2010: Daytime Incidental obs - not a full RM survey

July 14, 2010: Daytime Survey - Pass 1 at 9am Pass 2 at 12 noon

May 27, 2011: Daytime Survey - 2 passes from 7-7:45am

May 31, 2011: Daytime - during Turtle basking survey - 8:30-9:30am

ECOPLANS Table H-1. Road / mortality results 2008-2011 Page H1-2

Page 76: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESPNatural Environment

November 2013

Surv

eyed

Inci

dent

al

Surv

eyed

Inci

dent

al

Surv

eyed

Inci

dent

al

Surv

eyed

Inci

dent

al

Surv

eyed

Inci

dent

al

Surv

eyed

Inci

dent

al

Surv

eyed

Inci

dent

al

Surv

eyed

Inci

dent

al

Surv

eyed

Inci

dent

al

Surv

eyed

Inci

dent

al

Surv

eyed

Inci

dent

al

Surv

eyed

Inci

dent

al

Species Summary

SalamandersBlue-spotted Salamander / Blue-

spotted dominant polyploid 153 2 2 2 11 2 3 12 187

Spotted Salamander 9 1 7 17

Frogs & Toads

American Toad 0

Bullfrog 0

Chorus Frog 1 1 1 1 7 11

Green Frog 7 1 3 1 12

Grey Treefrog 1 1 3 5

Northern Leopard Frog 26 5 3 3 3 1 1 4 1 47

Spring Peeper 4 3 1 1 1 3 3 3 19

Wood Frog 3 2 5 6 16

Larvae and Egg Masses

Tadpole sp. 158 17 87 20 20 16 36 6 9 369

Frog Egg Mass --

Ambystomid Egg Mass --

Turtles

Midland Painted Turtle 1 1

Snapping Turtle 0

Other

Crayfish 4 3 1 8

Muskrat 1 1

Species Richness 11 3 4 2 3 3 5 0 6 0 1 0 6 4 1 2 3 0 3 0 6 0 6 2

Total Observations 366 -- 25 1 91 3 28 -- 32 0 1 -- 21 -- 16 2 41 0 9 0 18 0 29 10

VP2

Species

VP5VP1

2009

VP3VP4

Table H.2. Pond trapping captures and observations by year and pond

VP1VP4

2010 2011

VP1 VP2VP6VP3 VP5

ECOPLANS Table H-2. Pond trapping captures and observations by year and pond. Page H2-1

Page 77: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESPNatural Environment

November 2013

Surv

eyed

Inci

dent

al

Surv

eyed

Inci

dent

al

Surv

eyed

Inci

dent

al

Surv

eyed

Inci

dent

al

Surv

eyed

Inci

dent

al

Surv

eyed

Inci

dent

al

Spec

ies

Sum

mar

y

Salamanders

Blue-spotted Salamander / Blue-spotted dominant

polyploid15 32 2 62 10 29 28 178

Spotted Salamander 1 1

Frogs & Toads

American Toad 64 29 11 104 57 26 291

Bullfrog 1 1 2

Chorus Frog 1 1

Green Frog 38 1 2 13 54

Grey Treefrog 1 1 2

Northern Leopard Frog 1 10 3 220 51 10 1 29 7 130 9 471

Spring Peeper 3 22 4 1 30

Wood Frog 1 1 12 2 2 18

Larvae and Egg Masses

Ambystomid Egg Mass --

Turtles

Midland Painted Turtle 2 1 2 4 9

Snapping Turtle 1 2 1 2 6

Snakes

Dekay's Brownsnake 1 3 4

Eastern Gartersnake 1 6 1 15 4 5 2 5 1 40

Other

Crayfish 1 1

Species Richness 5 0 6 3 10 5 6 3 9 4 9 4

Total Observations 82 0 76 11 338 70 159 7 128 13 208 16

Table H-3. Drift fence - pitfall trapping results 2010-2011.

Species

2010DF1DF1

2011DF2 DF3 DF1 DF3DF2

ECOPLANS Table H-3. Drift fence - pitfall trapping results 2010-2011. Page H3-1

Page 78: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP

Natural Environment November 2013

2010Mouse 2 1

Eastern Garter Snake 1

October 8 Shrew sp. 1

Shrew sp. 1

White-footed Mouse 1

2010 Total 5 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 02011

Eastern Garter Snake 2 1 1 2Meadow Vole 1

Eastern Garter Snake 7 1 2 2Meadow Vole 8

June 23 Eastern Garter Snake 1 1 1

Eastern Garter Snake 1 3 1

Shrew sp. 1

Eastern Garter Snake 5Dekay's Brown Snake 1

Deer Mouse 2

August 11 Eastern Garter Snake 1 1 2

Eastern Garter Snake Not surveyed 1

Deer Mouse 5

September 16 Eastern Garter Snake 1 1 2 1

Eastern Garter Snake 2 3

Dekay's Brown Snake 1

Blue-Spotted Salamander 1

Shrew sp. 1

Eastern Garter Snake 1 1Blue-Spotted Salamander 1

2011 Total 6 14 2 11 5 1 29 0 2All Years Total 11 14 2 12 5 1 30 0 2

Table H-4. Cover board survey results by date.

October 29

1 2 3

May 19

June 1

July 8

July 26

Survey Date SpeciesCover Board Unit

September 21Not

SurveyedNot

Surveyed

October 15

October 7

Not Surveyed

Not Surveyed

5 64 7 8 9

August 25

ECOPLANS Table H-4. Cover board survey results by date. Page H4-1

Page 79: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP

Natural EnvironmentNovember 2013

Survey Date CB 1 CB 2 CB 3 CB 4 CB 5 CB 6 CB 7 CB 8 CB 9Tuesday, September 21, 2010 2 1

Friday, October 15, 2010 1

Tuesday, July 26, 2011 2

Thursday, August 25, 2011 5

Species Total 3 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0Friday, September 10, 2010 1

Thursday, May 19, 2011 2 1 1 2Wednesday, June 01, 2011 7 1 2 2

Thursday, June 23, 2011 1 1 1

Friday, July 08, 2011 1 3 1

Tuesday, July 26, 2011 5Thursday, August 11, 2011 1 1 2

Thursday, August 25, 2011 1

Friday, September 16, 2011 1 1 2 1

Friday, October 07, 2011 2 3

Saturday, October 29, 2011 1 1Species Total 6 12 2 1 5 0 20 0 2

Friday, October 08, 2010 1

Friday, October 15, 2010 1

Friday, July 08, 2011 1

Friday, October 07, 2011 1

Species Total 2 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0May 19 2011 1June 1 2011 8

Species Total 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 0July 26 2011 1

October 7 2011 1

Species Total 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0October 7 2011 1

October 29 2011 1

Species Total 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0All Species Total 11 14 2 12 5 1 29 0 2

Table H-5. Cover board survey results by taxa.

Meadow Vole

Dekay's Brown Snake

Blue-Spotted Salamander

Mouse (White-footed and Deer Mice)

Eastern Garter Snake

Shrew sp.

ECOPLANS Table H-5. Cover board survey results by taxa. Page H5-1

Page 80: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESPNatural Environment

November 2013

Snapping Turtle

Midland Painted Turtle

June 8, 2011 1 SNTU crossing agricultural field towards VP1

April 23, 2011 3May 13, 2011 7May 25, 2011 1June 7, 2011June 8, 2011June 20, 2011 4June 28, 2011 6

April 23, 2011 2May 13, 2011May 25, 2011June 7, 2011June 8, 2011 1 5 SNTU crossing at farm gate to VP3

June 20, 2011 5June 28, 2011

April 23, 2011 1May 13, 2011 5May 25, 2011 5June 7, 2011June 8, 2011 4June 20, 2011 4June 28, 2011

April 23, 2011 18May 13, 2011May 25, 2011 36June 7, 2011June 8, 2011June 20, 2011 1June 28, 2011 11

April 23, 2011 11May 13, 2011 22May 25, 2011May 31, 2011 1 42June 7, 2011June 8, 2011June 20, 2011June 28, 2011

April 23, 2011May 13, 2011May 25, 2011

May 31, 2011 1 one observed on lawn of 1145 Roseville Rd; appeared to be heading towards Barrie's Lake

VP1

VP2

VP3

VP4

VP5

Wetland

Species

Comments

Barrie's Lake

Blenheim Rd/Roseville Road

Table H-6. Turtle basking observations by date and location.

ECOPLANS Table H-6. Turtle basking observations by date and location. Page H6-1

Page 81: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESPNatural Environment

November 2013

Snapping Turtle

Midland Painted Turtle

VP1

Wetland

Species

Comments

Table H-6. Turtle basking observations by date and location.

June 7, 2011 2 2 large SNTU moved from road by landowner at 1145 Roseville Rd on June 7, 2011 (pers. comm)

June 8, 2011 5June 20, 2011June 28, 2011

denotes highest abundance recorded for each Wetland Unit

ECOPLANS Table H-6. Turtle basking observations by date and location. Page H6-2

Page 82: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESPNatural Environment

November 2013

No. Confirmed Nests/Nesting Behaviour Obs2

Unknown Spp. Snapping Turtle Snapping Turtle

June 7, 2011June 8, 2011 3June 20, 2011June 28, 2011

June 7, 2011June 8, 2011June 20, 2011June 28, 2011

June 7, 2011June 8, 2011 1June 20, 2011June 28, 2011

June 7, 2011June 8, 2011June 20, 2011 2June 28, 2011

June 7, 2011June 8, 2011June 20, 2011June 28, 2011

June 7, 2011 2at least 2 females observed nesting according to landowner S. Stubley at 1145 Roseville Rd (pers. comm)

June 8, 2011 2 3 11 Snapping Turtle female laying eggs, south side of Blenheim Rd, 100m west of farm entrance

June 20, 2011 2 1June 28, 2011 1 1

2 Confirmed nests or nesting behaviour observed is defined as predated nests (i.e., dug hole with broken egg shells), or female observed laying eggs in nest cavity

1 attempted nests is defined as any excavated cavity observed that resembled typical turtle nesting excavations, including tracks, size and shape of excavation, etc.

Wetland / dateNo. of Attempted Nests Observed1

Comments

VP2

VP3

VP4

Table H-7. Turtle nesting observations

VP5

Barrie's Lake

Blenheim Rd/Roseville Road

ECOPLANS Table H-7. Turtle nesting observations Page H7-1

Page 83: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

APPENDIX I – AMBYSTOMA SALAMANDER DNA RESULTS

Page 84: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP

Natural EnvironmentNovember 2013

Sample # Genotype Species Identification Sample # Genotype Species Identification

1 LLJ BSS-polyploid 1 LLJ BSS-polyploid

2 LLJ BSS-polyploid 2 LL Blue-spotted Salamander

3 LLJ BSS-polyploid 3 LL Blue-spotted Salamander

4 LLJ BSS-polyploid 4 LLJ BSS-polyploid

5 LLJ BSS-polyploid 5 LLJ BSS-polyploid

6 LLJ BSS-polyploid 6 LLJ BSS-polyploid

7 LJ BSS-polyploid 7 LLJ BSS-polyploid

8 LLJ BSS-polyploid 8 LLJ BSS-polyploid

9 LLJ BSS-polyploid 9 LLJ BSS-polyploid

10 LLLJ BSS-polyploid 10 LLJ BSS-polyploid

11 LLJ BSS-polyploid 11 LLJ BSS-polyploid

12 LLJ BSS-polyploid 12 LLJ BSS-polyploid

13 LLJ BSS-polyploid 13 LLJ BSS-polyploid

14 LLJ BSS-polyploid 14 LLJ BSS-polyploid

15 LLJ BSS-polyploid 15 LL Blue-spotted Salamander

16 LLJ BSS-polyploid 16 LLJ BSS-polyploid

17 LLJ BSS-polyploid 17 LLJ BSS-polyploid

18 LLJ BSS-polyploid 18 LLJ BSS-polyploid

19 LJ BSS-polyploid 19 LL Blue-spotted Salamander

20 LLJ BSS-polyploid 20 LLJ BSS-polyploid

21 LLJ BSS-polyploid 21 LLJ BSS-polyploid

22 LLJ BSS-polyploid 22 LL Blue-spotted Salamander

23 LLJ BSS-polyploid 23 LLJ BSS-polyploid

24 LLJ BSS-polyploid 24 LL Blue-spotted Salamander

25 LLJ BSS-polyploid 25 LLJ BSS-polyploid

26 LLJ BSS-polyploid 26 LLJ BSS-polyploid27 LLJ BSS-polyploid 27 LLLJ BSS-polyploid

28 LLJ BSS-polyploid 28 LLJ BSS-polyploid

29 LLJ BSS-polyploid 29 LLJ BSS-polyploid

30 LLJ BSS-polyploid 30 LLLJ BSS-polyploid

31 LL Blue-spotted Salamander 31 LLJ BSS-polyploid

32 LLJ BSS-polyploid 32 LL Blue-spotted Salamander

33 LLJ BSS-polyploid 33 LLJ BSS-polyploid

34 LLJ BSS-polyploid 34 LLJ BSS-polyploid

35 LLJ BSS-polyploid 35 LLJ BSS-polyploid

36 LLJ BSS-polyploid 36 LL Blue-spotted Salamander

37 LLJ BSS-polyploid 37 LJ BSS-polyploid

38 LJ BSS-polyploid 38 LLJ BSS-polyploid

39 LLJ BSS-polyploid 39 LLJ BSS-polyploid

40 LLJ BSS-polyploid 40 LL Blue-spotted Salamander

41 LJ BSS-polyploid 41 LL Blue-spotted Salamander

42 LLJ BSS-polyploid 42 LL Blue-spotted Salamander

Table I-1. Ambystoma salamander DNA results2009 2010

ECOPLANS Table I-1 Ambystoma Salamander DNA Results Page I-1

Page 85: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP

Natural EnvironmentNovember 2013

Sample # Genotype Species Identification Sample # Genotype Species Identification

Table I-1. Ambystoma salamander DNA results2009 2010

43 LLJ BSS-polyploid 43 LLJ BSS-polyploid

44 LLJ BSS-polyploid 44 LLJ BSS-polyploid

45 LLJ BSS-polyploid 45 LL Blue-spotted Salamander

46 LLJ BSS-polyploid 46 LLJ BSS-polyploid

47 LLJ BSS-polyploid 47 LLJ BSS-polyploid

48 LLJ BSS-polyploid 48 LLJ BSS-polyploid

49 LLJ BSS-polyploid 49 LLJ BSS-polyploid

50 LLJ BSS-polyploid 50 LL Blue-spotted Salamander

51 LLJ BSS-polyploid 51 LLJ BSS-polyploid

52 LJ BSS-polyploid 52 LLJ BSS-polyploid

53 LJ BSS-polyploid 53 LLJ BSS-polyploid

54 LL? Inconclusive Result 54 LLJ BSS-polyploid

55 LLLJ BSS-polyploid 55 LLJ BSS-polyploid

56 LLJ BSS-polyploid 56 LLJ BSS-polyploid

57 LLJ BSS-polyploid 57 LLJ BSS-polyploid

58 LLJ BSS-polyploid 58 LLJ BSS-polyploid

59 LLJ BSS-polyploid 59 LLJ BSS-polyploid

60 LLJ BSS-polyploid 60 LLJ BSS-polyploid

61 LLJ BSS-polyploid 61 LLJ BSS-polyploid

62 LLJ BSS-polyploid 62 LLJ BSS-polyploid

63 LJ BSS-polyploid 63 LLJ BSS-polyploid

64 LLLJ BSS-polyploid 64 LLJ BSS-polyploid

65 LLJ BSS-polyploid 65 LLJ BSS-polyploid

66 LLJ BSS-polyploid 66 LLJ BSS-polyploid

67 LLJ BSS-polyploid 67 LLJ BSS-polyploid

68 LLJ BSS-polyploid 68 LLJ BSS-polyploid

69 LLJ BSS-polyploid 69 LLJ BSS-polyploid

70 LLJ BSS-polyploid 70 LL Blue-spotted Salamander

71 LJ BSS-polyploid 71 LLJ BSS-polyploid

72 LLJ BSS-polyploid 72 LLJ BSS-polyploid

73 LLJ BSS-polyploid 73 LLJ BSS-polyploid

74 LJ BSS-polyploid 74 LLJ BSS-polyploid

75 LLJ BSS-polyploid 75 LLJ BSS-polyploid

76 LLJ BSS-polyploid 76 LL Blue-spotted Salamander

77 LJ BSS-polyploid 77 LL Blue-spotted Salamander

78 LL? Inconclusive Result 78 LLLJ BSS-polyploid

79 LLJ BSS-polyploid 79 LL Blue-spotted Salamander

80 LLJ BSS-polyploid 80 LLJ BSS-polyploid

81 LLJ BSS-polyploid 81 LLJ BSS-polyploid

82 LJ BSS-polyploid 82 LLJ BSS-polyploid

83 LLJ BSS-polyploid 83 LLLJ BSS-polyploid

84 LLJ BSS-polyploid 84 LL Blue-spotted Salamander

ECOPLANS Table I-1 Ambystoma Salamander DNA Results Page I-2

Page 86: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP

Natural EnvironmentNovember 2013

Sample # Genotype Species Identification Sample # Genotype Species Identification

Table I-1. Ambystoma salamander DNA results2009 2010

85 LLJ BSS-polyploid 85 LLJ BSS-polyploid

86 LLJ BSS-polyploid 86 LLJ BSS-polyploid

87 LLJ BSS-polyploid 87 LLJ BSS-polyploid

88 LLJ BSS-polyploid 88 LLJ BSS-polyploid

89 LLJ BSS-polyploid 89 LLJ BSS-polyploid

90 LLJ BSS-polyploid 90 LLJ BSS-polyploid

91 LLJ BSS-polyploid 91 LLJ BSS-polyploid

92 LLJ BSS-polyploid 92 LLJ BSS-polyploid

93 LLJ BSS-polyploid 93 LL Blue-spotted Salamander

94 LL Blue-spotted Salamander 94 LLJ BSS-polyploid

95 LLJ BSS-polyploid 95 LLJ BSS-polyploid

96 LLLJ BSS-polyploid 96 LLLJ BSS-polyploid

97 LLJ BSS-polyploid 97 LL Blue-spotted Salamander

98 LLJ BSS-polyploid 98 LLJ BSS-polyploid

99 LLJ BSS-polyploid 99 LLJ BSS-polyploid

100 LLJ BSS-polyploid 100 LLJ BSS-polyploid

101 LLJ BSS-polyploid

102 LLJ BSS-polyploid

103 LLJ BSS-polyploid

104 LLJ BSS-polyploid

105 LJ BSS-polyploid

106 LLJ BSS-polyploid

ECOPLANS Table I-1 Ambystoma Salamander DNA Results Page I-3

Page 87: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

APPENDIX J – BADGER SURVEY RESULTS

Page 88: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP Natural Environment November 2013

ECOPLANS Table J-1. Badger Survey Results – Burrow Descriptions Page J-1

Table J-1. Badger Survey Results – Burrow Descriptions

Burrow Easting Northing Approximate Dimensions Burrow Characteristics

1 0553399 4800722 9” w x 6” h Vegetated with grasses, no earth mound, no fresh activity, no scent, oval-shaped entrance - slightly "D"-shaped; no claw marks.

2 0553405 4800722 12” w x 7” h Slightly "D"-shaped, no earth mound, no sign of recent activity, moss and vegetation at entrance.

3 0553433 4800732 9” w x 5” h Abundant vegetation, mostly at entrance; vegetated mound, no claw marks, no scent, no recent activity.

4 0553439 4800734 9” w x 9” h Rounded entrance, no recent activity, no mound, lots of vegetation at entrance, no claw marks, no scent.

5 0553442 4800736 14" w x 45 1/2" h No recent activity, no mound, lots of vegetation at entrance, no claw marks, no scent.

6 0553454 4800742 13” w x 4” h Very old, full of vegetation, entrance mostly filled in, no claw marks, no scent, no mound, no recent activity.

7 0553497 4800766 a) 15” w x 7” h; b) 9" w x 7" h

a) & b) Abundant vegetation at entrance, no mound, no claw marks, no scent, no recent activity.

8 0553539 4800785 Not Taken Very old burrow, entrance is covered in moss, no mound, rounded entrance, abundant vegetation, no claw marks, no scent.

9 0553551 4800800 7 1/2” w x 5 1\2” h Abundant vegetation and moss, no mound, no claw marks, no scent, no recent activity.

10 0553372 4800855 12” w x 6 1/2” h Vegetated, full of leaves, no claw marks, no scent, no recent activity.

11 0553315 4800867 9" w x 12" h Vegetated, no mound, full of grass, no claw marks, no scent, no recent activity, old.

12 0553298 4800871 14" w x 8" h Vegetated, no mound, no claw marks, no scent, no recent activity.

13 0553229 4800800 8" h Vegetated, no mound, no claw marks, no scent, no recent activity.

14 0553101 4800896 7" w x 7" h Vegetated, no mound, no claw marks, no scent, no recent activity.

Page 89: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP Natural Environment November 2013

ECOPLANS Table J-1. Badger Survey Results – Burrow Descriptions Page J-2

Table J-1. Badger Survey Results – Burrow Descriptions

Burrow Easting Northing Approximate Dimensions Burrow Characteristics

15 0552706 4801527 11" w x 4" h Old, vegetated, no mound, no claw marks, no scent, no recent activity.

16 0552367 4801738 Not Taken Old burrow, abundant debris in burrow entrance, entrance almost filled in, no mound, vegetation around entrance, no claw marks, no scent.

17 0552359 4801774 9" w x 6" h Very old burrow, abundant debris in burrow entrance, moss around burrow entrance, no mound, no claw marks, no scent.

18 0552313 4801895 7" w x 5" h Old burrow, abundant debris in burrow entrance, moss around burrow entrance, soils present are very stoney, no claw marks, no scent.

19 0552539 4801488 6” w x 6” h Very old burrow, abundant debris in burrow entrance, vegetation/moss around burrow entrance, no mound, no claw marks, no scent.

20 n/a n/a 6 1/4" w x 5" h Very old, small, no mound, vegetated, no claw marks, no scent, no recent activity.

21 0553005 4802046 7 1/2" w x 8" h More recent burrow, debris still in entrance, vegetated, no mound, no claw marks, no scent, no fresh mound, vegetation growing around entrance.

22 0553669 4801078 7" w x 4" h Very old, moss and vegetation in entrance, no mound, no claw marks, no scent, no recent activity.

23 0553709 4801062 8" w x 7" h No vegetation in entrance, recent activity, no claw marks, no scent.

24 0553722 4801039 9" w x 6 1/2" h Abundant vegetation in entrance, no mound, no claw marks, no scent.

25 0553658 4801404 4” w x 4” h Group of 2 old burrows (approx. 2m apart), abundant debris in burrow entrances, no claw marks, no scent.

26 0553571 4801492 8” w x 8” h Group of 2 old burrows, almost entirely filled in by debris, no mounds, no claw marks, no scent.

27 0553564 4801491 Not Taken Old burrow, almost closed in, abundant debris in entrance, earth mound old (vegetation), located adjacent to a large pile of rocks, no claw marks, no scent.

Note: The burrow where measurements were not taken, the entrance was often too degraded for measurement.

Page 90: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

APPENDIX K – EVALUATION OF SIGNIFICANT WILDLIFE HABITAT

Page 91: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Significant Wildlife Habitat Evaluation

ECOPLANS Page K-i

This evaluation is based on the Draft Significant Wildlife Habitat Ecoregion Criteria Schedules. Addendum to Significant Wildlife Habitat Technical Guide (OMNR February 2012). The following text and tables are from Schedule 6E (Identification of Candidate Significant Wildlife Habitat in Ecoregion 6E) of that report, but include an additional ‘evaluation’ column, with discussion of site-specific attributes within the Cambridge West Subwatersheds Study Area.

Table of Contents – SWH Ecoregion 6E Criterion Schedule 1. 1 Seasonal Concentration Areas of Animals ..................................................................................................................... 1

1. Waterfowl Stopover and Staging Areas (Terrestrial) .................................................................................................. 1 2. Waterfowl Stopover and Staging Areas (Aquatic) ...................................................................................................... 2 3. Shorebird Migratory Stopover Area ........................................................................................................................... 3 4. Raptor Wintering Area ................................................................................................................................................ 3 5. Bat Hibernacula ......................................................................................................................................................... 4 6. Bat Maternity Colonies .............................................................................................................................................. 4 7. Bat Migratory Stopover Area ...................................................................................................................................... 4 8. Turtle Wintering Areas ............................................................................................................................................... 5 9. Reptile Hibernaculum ................................................................................................................................................. 6 10. Colonially -Nesting Bird Breeding Habitat (Bank and Cliff) ...................................................................................... 6 11. Colonially -Nesting Bird Breeding Habitat (Tree/Shrubs) ......................................................................................... 7 12. Colonially -Nesting Bird Breeding Habitat (Ground) ................................................................................................ 7 13. Migratory Butterfly Stopover Areas .......................................................................................................................... 8 14. Landbird Migratory Stopover Areas .......................................................................................................................... 8 15. Deer Yarding Areas .................................................................................................................................................. 9 16. Deer Winter Congregation Areas ............................................................................................................................. 9

1.2 Rare Vegetation Communities or Specialized Habitat for Wildlife ................................................................................ 10 1.2.1 Rare Vegetation Communities ................................................................................................................................ 10

17. Cliffs and Talus Slopes .......................................................................................................................................... 10 18. Sand Barren ........................................................................................................................................................... 10 19. Alvar ....................................................................................................................................................................... 11 20. Old Growth Forest .................................................................................................................................................. 11 21. Savannah ............................................................................................................................................................... 12 22. Tallgrass Prairie ..................................................................................................................................................... 12

Page 92: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Significant Wildlife Habitat Evaluation

ECOPLANS Page K-ii

23. Other Rare Vegetation Communities ..................................................................................................................... 12 1.2.2 Specialized Habitat for Wildlife .............................................................................................................................. 13

24. Waterfowl Nesting Area ......................................................................................................................................... 13 25. Bald Eagle and Osprey Nesting, Foraging and Perching Habitat ........................................................................... 14 26. Woodland Raptor Nesting Habitat .......................................................................................................................... 14 27. Turtle Nesting Areas .............................................................................................................................................. 15 28. Seeps and Springs ................................................................................................................................................. 15 29. Amphibian Breeding Habitat (Woodland) ............................................................................................................... 16 30. Amphibian Breeding Habitat (Wetlands) ................................................................................................................ 16

1.3 Habitat for Species of Conservation Concern (Not including Endangered or Threatened Species) ............................. 17 31. Marsh Breeding Bird Habitat .................................................................................................................................. 17 32. Woodland Area-Sensitive Bird Breeding Habitat .................................................................................................... 17 33. Open Country Bird Breeding Habitat ...................................................................................................................... 18 34. Shrub/Early Successional Bird Breeding Habitat .................................................................................................. 18 35. Terrestrial Crayfish ................................................................................................................................................. 19 36. Special Concern and Rare Wildlife Species ........................................................................................................... 19

1.4 Animal Movement Corridors ......................................................................................................................................... 21 37. Amphibian Movement Corridors ............................................................................................................................. 21 38. Deer Movement Corridors ...................................................................................................................................... 22

1.5 Exceptions for EcoRegion 6E ................................................................................................................................... 23

Page 93: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Significant Wildlife Habitat Evaluation

ECOPLANS Page K-iii

SCHEDULE 6E: Identification of Significant Wildlife Habitat

This Schedule is designed to provide the recommended criteria for identifying Significant Wildlife Habitat (SWH) within Ecoregion

6Eccxvi. Tables 1.1 through 1.4 within the Schedules provide guidance for SWH designation for the four categories of SWH

outlined in the Significant Wildlife Habitat Technical Guide and its Appendices cxlviii, cxlix. Table 1.5 contains and provides

descriptions for exceptions criteria for ecoregional SWH which will be identified at an ecodistrict scaleccxvi. Exceptions occur when

criteria for a specific habitat are different within an ecodistrict compared to the remainder of an ecoregion or if a habitat only

occurs within a restricted area of the ecoregion.

The Schedules, including description of wildlife habitat, wildlife species, and the criteria provided for determining SWH, are based

on science and expert knowledge. The ELC Ecosite codes are described using the Ecological Land Classification for Southern

Ontario lxxviii. The information within these schedules will require periodic updating to keep pace with changes to wildlife species

status in the Species at Risk in Ontario (SARO) list, or as new scientific information pertaining to wildlife habitats becomes

available. Therefore, MNR will occasionally need to review and update these schedules and provide addenda. A reference

document for all SWH is found after the schedules and includes citations for all ecoregional schedules. Each citation used to

assist with the criteria for SWH will be indicated by a roman numeric symbol. Where no reference exists, MNR expert opinion is

used to for determination of criteria, this symbol “Í” represents when MNR expert opinion was utilized to develop defining criteria.

Page 94: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Significant Wildlife Habitat Evaluation

ECOPLANS Page K-1

Criteria For Significant Wildlife Habitat in Ecoregion 6E

1. 1 SEASONAL CONCENTRATION AREAS OF ANIMALS Seasonal Concentration Areas are areas where wildlife species occur annually in aggregations at certain times of the year, on an annual basis. Such areas are sometimes highly concentrated with members of a given

species, or several species, within relatively small areas. In spring and autumn, migratory wildlife species will concentrate where they can rest and feed. Other wildlife species require habitats where they can survive

winter. Examples of Seasonal Concentration Areas include deer wintering areas, breeding bird colonies and hibernation sites for reptiles, amphibians and some mammals cxlviii. Table 1.1 outlines which Seasonal

Concentration Areas constitute SWH.

Table 1.1 Seasonal Concentration Areas of Animals.

Wildlife Habitat Wildlife Species CANDIDATE SWH CONFIRMED SWH

Evaluation ELC Ecosite Codes Habitat Criteria and Information Sources Defining Criteria

1. Waterfowl Stopover and Staging Areas (Terrestrial) Rationale; Habitat important to migrating waterfowl.

American Black Duck Wood Duck Green-winged Teal Blue-winged Teal Mallard Northern Pintail Northern Shoveler American Wigeon Gadwall

CUM1 CUT1 - Plus evidence of annual spring flooding from melt water or run-off within these Ecosites.

Fields with sheet water during Spring (mid March to May). Fields flooding during spring melt and run-off provide

important invertebrate foraging habitat for migrating waterfowl.

Agricultural fields with waste grains are commonly used by waterfowl, these are not considered SWH.

Information Sources Anecdotal information from the landowner, adjacent

landowners or local naturalist clubs may be good information in determining occurrence.

Reports and other information available from Conservation Authorities (CAs)

Sites documented through waterfowl planning processes (eg. EHJV implementation plan)

Naturalist Clubs Ducks Unlimited Canada Natural Heritage Information Centre (NHIC)

Waterfowl Concentration Area

Studies carried out and verified presence of an annual concentration of any listed species, evaluation methods to follow “Bird and Bird Habitats: Guidelines for Wind Power Projects”ccxi Any mixed species aggregations of 100Í or more

individuals required. The area of the flooded field ecosite habitat plus

a 100-300m radius buffer dependant on local site conditions and adjacent land use is the significant wildlife habitat cxlviii.

Annual use of habitat is documented from information sources or field studies (annual use can be based on studies or determined by past surveys with species numbers and dates).

SWHDSScxlix Index #7 provides development effects and mitigation measures.

Multi-year field surveys completed (2008-2011). Hydrologic monitoring completed as part of the MESP No records from landowner, background sources or agencies. CUM and CUT1 habitat is limited to small patches and narrow strips at wetland-woodland margins. Predominant land use is active cropland. Two of the listed species was recorded during field surveys (with maximum numbers in parentheses):

Wood Duck (23) Mallard (240)

Both were recorded within open water or woodland units, not in flooded fields. While some of the listed species would be expected to occur over time, potentially at threshold numbers depending on conditions, the site seems unlikely to meet criteria consistently over time, as indicated by multi-year studies. This form of potential SWH should be considered temporary, depending on rainfall, drainage, crop type etc. Local topography / drainage is unlikely to produce consistent sheetwater conditions that are suitable for waterfowl. Conclusion: criterion is not met

Page 95: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Significant Wildlife Habitat Evaluation

ECOPLANS Page K-2

Wildlife Habitat Wildlife Species CANDIDATE SWH CONFIRMED SWH

Evaluation ELC Ecosite Codes Habitat Criteria and Information Sources Defining Criteria

2. Waterfowl Stopover and Staging Areas (Aquatic) Rationale; Important for local and migrant waterfowl populations during the spring or fall migration or both periods combined. Sites identified are usually only one of a few in the eco-district.

Canada Goose Cackling Goose Snow Goose American Black Duck Northern Pintail Northern Shoveler American Wigeon Gadwall Green-winged Teal Blue-winged Teal Hooded Merganser Common Merganser Lesser Scaup Greater Scaup Long-tailed Duck Surf Scoter White-winged Scoter Black Scoter Ring-necked duck Common Goldeneye Bufflehead Redhead Ruddy Duck Red-breasted Merganser Brant Canvasback Ruddy Duck

MAM1 MAM2 MAM3 MAM4 MAM5 MAM6 MAS1 MAS2 MAS3 SAS1 SAM1 SAF1 SWD1 SWD2 SWD3 SWD4 SWD5 SWD6 SWD7

Ponds, marshes, lakes, bays, coastal inlets, and watercourses used during migration. Sewage treatment ponds and storm water ponds do not qualify as a SWH, however a reservoir managed as a large wetland or pond/lake does qualify.

These habitats have an abundant food supply (mostly aquatic invertebrates and vegetation in shallow water);

Information Sources Canadian Wildlife Service staff know the larger, most

significant sites. Check website: http://wildspace.ec.gc.ca

Naturalist clubs often are aware of staging/stopover areas.

OMNR Wetland Evaluations indicate presence of locally and regionally significant waterfowl staging.

Sites documented through waterfowl planning processes (eg. EHJV implementation plan)

Ducks Unlimited projects Element occurrence specification by Nature Serve:

http://www.natureserve.org NHIC Waterfowl Concentration Area

Studies carried out and verified presence of: Aggregations of 100Í or more of listed species

for 7 daysÍ, results in > 700 waterfowl use days.

Areas with annual staging of ruddy ducks, canvasbacks, and redheads are SWH cxlix

The combined area of the ELC ecosites and a 100m radius area is the SWH cxlviii

Wetland area and shorelines associated with sites identified within the SWHTG cxlviii Appendix K cxlix are significant wildlife habitat.

Evaluation methods to follow “Bird and Bird Habitats: Guidelines for Wind Power Projects”ccxi

Annual Use of Habitat is Documented from Information Sources or Field Studies (Annual can be based on completed studies or determined from past surveys with species numbers and dates recorded).

SWHDSScxlix Index #7 provides development effects and mitigation measures.

MAM2, MAM3, MAS3, SAF present within DSA (within large pond-wetland features) and GSA (e.g. Barrie’s Lake). The following species were recorded in MAM-MAS-SAF habitat (with maximum numbers in parentheses):

Canada Goose (250 – Barrie’s Lake) American Wigeon (8) Green-winged Teal (50) Blue-winged Teal (20) Common Merganser (12) Hooded Merganser (2) Ring-necked Duck (17) Bufflehead (12)

In aquatic features within the DSA, migrant waterfowl were typically short-duration visitors (i.e. one to several days) in relatively small numbers, with the exception of Canada Geese – recorded 50 – 250 individuals on several ponds and numerous dates. Based on professional expertise / experience and from a local perspective, the above species list and numbers would not be considered unusual or representative of an exceptional site. Diversity / numbers would likely only be considered high only in a local context, as many other wetlands in the region (and riverine areas such as nearby reaches of the Grand River) support far greater diversity / numbers. Conclusion: criterion is not met

Page 96: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Significant Wildlife Habitat Evaluation

ECOPLANS Page K-3

Wildlife Habitat Wildlife Species CANDIDATE SWH CONFIRMED SWH

Evaluation ELC Ecosite Codes Habitat Criteria and Information Sources Defining Criteria

3. Shorebird Migratory Stopover Area Rationale; High quality shorebird stopover habitat is extremely rare and typically has a long history of use.

Greater Yellowlegs Lesser Yellowlegs Marbled Godwit Hudsonian Godwit Black-bellied Plover American Golden-Plover Semipalmated Plover Solitary Sandpiper Spotted Sandpiper Semipalmated Sandpiper Pectoral Sandpiper White-rumped Sandpiper Baird’s Sandpiper Least Sandpiper Purple Sandpiper Stilt Sandpiper Short-billed Dowitcher Red-necked Phalarope Whimbrel Ruddy Turnstone Sanderling Dunlin

BBO1 BBO2 BBS1 BBS2 BBT1 BBT2 SDO1 SDS2 SDT1 MAM1 MAM2 MAM3 MAM4 MAM5

Shorelines of lakes, rivers and wetlands, including beach areas, bars and seasonally flooded, muddy and un-vegetated shoreline habitats. Great Lakes coastal shorelines, including groynes and other forms of armour rock lakeshores, are extremely important for migratory shorebirds in May to mid-June and early July to October. Sewage treatment ponds and storm water ponds do not qualify as a SWH. Information Sources Western hemisphere shorebird reserve network. Canadian Wildlife Service (CWS) Ontario Shorebird

Survey. Bird Studies Canada Ontario Nature Local birders and naturalist clubs NHIC Shorebird Migratory Concentration Area

Studies confirming: Presence of 3 or more of listed species and >

1000Í shorebird use days during spring or fall migration period. (shorebird use days are the accumulated number of shorebirds counted per day over the course of the fall or spring migration period)

Whimbrel stop briefly (<24hrs) during spring migration, any site with >100Í Whimbrel used for 3 years or more is significant.

The area of significant shorebird habitat includes the mapped ELC shoreline ecosites plus a 100m radius area cxlviii

Evaluation methods to follow “Bird and Bird Habitats: Guidelines for Wind Power Projects”ccxi

SWHDSScxlix Index #8 provides development effects and mitigation measures.

MAM2 and MAM3 habitat present (within larger wetland / pond features). No natural beach / dune or large mudflats are present within the DSA and likely limited within the GSA. There are no records from landowner, background sources or agencies and no known anecdotal evidence or sites of interest for shorebirds in the DSA or in the portion of the GSA where detailed field surveys were undertaken. The following species were recorded (with maximum numbers in parentheses):

Greater Yellowlegs (4) Lesser Yellowlegs (2) Semipalmated Plover (1) Solitary Sandpiper (1) Spotted Sandpiper (3) Least Sandpiper (2) Dunlin (1)

Many of the observations were in active croplands. Does not meet ‘abundance’ threshold (i.e. > 1000 Shorebird Use Days during spring or fall migration) – most observations were one to several individuals. Conclusion: criterion is not met

4. Raptor Wintering Area Rationale; Sites used by multiple species, a high number of individuals and used annually are most significant

Rough-legged Hawk Red-tailed Hawk Northern Harrier American Kestrel Snowy Owl Special Concern: Short-eared Owl

Combination of ELC Community Series; need to have present one Community Series from each land class; Forest: FOD, FOM, FOC. Upland: CUM; CUT; CUS; CUW.

The habitat provides a combination of fields and woodlands that provide roosting, foraging and resting habitats for wintering raptors. Raptor wintering sites need to be > 20 ha cxlviii, cxlix with a combination of forest and upland.xvi, xvii, xviii, xix, xx, xxi. Least disturbed sites, idle/fallow or lightly grazed field/meadow (>15ha) with adjacent woodlands cxlix Information Sources: OMNR Ecologist or Biologist may be aware of

locations of wintering raptors. In addition, these staff may know local naturalists that may be aware of the locations of raptor wintering habitats.

NHIC Raptor Winter Concentration Area Data from Bird Studies Canada, most notably for

Short-eared Owls. Reports and other information available from CAs.

Studies confirm the use of these habitats by: One or more Short-eared Owls or; At least 10 individuals and two listed spp Í. To be significant a site must be used regularly

(3 in 5 years) cxlix for a minimum of 20 days by the above number of birdsÍ.

Evaluation methods to follow “Bird and Bird Habitats: Guidelines for Wind Power Projects”ccxi

SWHDSScxlix Index #10 provides development effects and mitigation measures.

Abundant woodland (primarily FOD) is present in the DSA and in the portion of the GSA where detailed field surveys were undertaken, but CU habitats are very limited – no large open fields (non-agricultural) are present. Does not meet the 20 ha size threshold within the DSA. Woodland component may meet the size threshold in the GSA. Two species were recorded (with maximum numbers in parentheses):

Red-tailed Hawk (3) Northern Harrier (1)

Other non-breeding raptors which can be observed in southern Ontario during winter were not recorded during the many fall/winter/early spring surveys conducted for this study. Database records and anecdotal/other evidence (i.e., list-servers, local reports) suggest that other areas in the Region are generally notable for repeated over-winter raptor use; we are not aware of any such evidence for the study area. Conclusion: criterion is not met

Page 97: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Significant Wildlife Habitat Evaluation

ECOPLANS Page K-4

Wildlife Habitat Wildlife Species CANDIDATE SWH CONFIRMED SWH

Evaluation ELC Ecosite Codes Habitat Criteria and Information Sources Defining Criteria

5. Bat Hibernacula Rationale; Bat hibernacula are rare habitats in all Ontario landscapes.

Big Brown Bat Little Brown Myotis Eastern Pipistrelle/Tri-coloured Bat Northern Myotis Eastern Small-footed Myotis

Bat Hibernacula may be found in these ecosites: CCR1 CCR2 CCA1 CCA2 (Note: buildings are not considered to be SWH)

Hibernacula may be found in caves, mine shafts, underground foundations and Karsts. The locations of bat hibernacula are relatively poorly known. Information Sources OMNR for possible locations and contact for local

experts NHIC Bat Hibernaculum/Nursery Ministry of Northern Development and Mines for

location of mine shafts. Clubs that explore caves (eg. Sierra Club) University Biology Departments with bat experts.

All sites with confirmed hibernating bats are SWH Í.

The area includes 1000m radius around the entrance of the hibernaculum cxlviii, ccvii, Í.

Studies are to be conducted during the peak swarming period (Aug. – Sept.). Surveys should be conducted following methods outlined in the “Guideline for Wind Power Projects Potential Impacts to Bats and Bat Habitats”ccv.

SWHDSScxlix Index #1 provides development effects and mitigation measures.

Extensive field surveys did not detect any evidence of on-site hibernacula. The MNR Wind Atlas shows no known hibernacula within or adjacent to the DSA/GSA and there are no known hibernacula / colony records from other background sources or anecdotal evidence. Conclusion: criterion is not met

6. Bat Maternity Colonies Rationale; Known locations of forested bat maternity colonies are extremely rare in all Ontario landscapes.

Big Brown Bat Little Brown Myotis Silver-haired Bat Northern Myotis

Maternity colonies considered SWH are found in forested Ecosites. All ELC Ecosites in ELC Community Series: FOD FOM

Maternity colonies can be found in tree cavities, vegetation and often in buildlingsxxii, xxv, xxvi, xxvii, xxxi (buildings are not considered to be SWH). Maternity roosts are not found in caves and mines in Ontarioxxii. Maternity colonies located in Mature deciduous or

mixed forest standsccix, ccx with >10/ha large diameter (>25cm dbh) wildlife treesccvii

Female Bats prefer wildlife tree (snags) in early stages of decay, class 1-3 ccxiv or class 1 or 2 ccxii .

Northern Myotis prefer contiguous tracts of older forest cover for foraging and roosting in snags and treesccix

Silver-haired Bats prefer older mixed or deciduous forest and form maternity colonies in tree cavities and small hollows. Older forest areas with at least 21 snags/ha are preferredccx

Information Sources OMNR for possible locations and contact for local

experts University Biology Departments with bat experts.

Maternity Colonies with confirmed use by; >20 Northern Myotiscxlix >10 Big Brown BatsÍ >20 Little Brown MyotisÍ >5 Adult Female Silver-haired BatsÍ

The area of the habitat includes the entire woodland or the forest stand ELC Ecosite containing the maternity coloniesÍ.

Evaluation methods for maternity colonies should be conducted following methods outlined in the “Guideline for Wind Power Projects Potential Impacts to Bats and Bat Habitats”ccv.

SWHDSScxlix Index #1 provides development effects and mitigation measures.

Extensive field surveys did not detect any evidence of maternity colonies, though there is some potential in larger woodland blocks of the DSA or in the portion of the GSA where detailed field surveys were undertaken – may meet snag density for candidate habitat. Conclusion: criterion is possibly met for maternal colonies in larger woodlands (WSU1, WSU 4)

7. Bat Migratory Stopover Area Rationale: Stopover areas for long distance migrant bats are important during fall migration.

Hoary Bat Eastern Red Bat Silver-haired Bat

No specific ELC types.

Long distance migratory bats typically migrate during late summer and early fall from summer breeding habitats throughout Ontario to southern wintering areas. Their annual fall migrations concentrate these species of bats at stopover areas. The location and characteristics of stopover habitats are generally unknown. Information Sources

OMNR for possible locations and contact for local experts

University of Waterloo, Biology Department

The confirmation criteria and habitat areas for this SWH are still being determined

SWHDSS cxlix Index #38 provides development effects and mitigation measures

No known areas are present; the DSA lacks defined topographic features, such as shorelines, valleylands and large linear woodlands that would concentrate large numbers of bats during migration. The MNR Wind Atlas does not identify any areas within the DSA or GSA. Conclusion: criterion is not met

Page 98: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Significant Wildlife Habitat Evaluation

ECOPLANS Page K-5

Wildlife Habitat Wildlife Species CANDIDATE SWH CONFIRMED SWH

Evaluation ELC Ecosite Codes Habitat Criteria and Information Sources Defining Criteria

8. Turtle Wintering Areas Rationale; Generally sites are the only known sites in the area. Sites with the highest number of individuals are most significant.

Midland Painted Turtle Special Concern: Northern Map Turtle Snapping Turtle

Snapping and Midland Painted turtles, ELC Community Classes; SW, MA, OA and SA, ELC Community Series; FEO and BOO Northern Map Turtle - Open Water areas such as deeper rivers or streams and lakes with current can also be used as over-wintering habitat.

For most turtles, wintering areas are in the same general area as their core habitat. Water has to be deep enough not to freeze and have soft mud substrates. Over-wintering sites are permanent water bodies, large

wetlands, and bogs or fens with adequate Dissolved Oxygen. cix, cx, cxi, cxviii

Information Sources EIS studies carried out by Conservation Authorities. Local naturalists and experts, as well as university

herpetologists may also know where to find some of these sites.

OMNR ecologist or biologist may be aware of locations of wintering turtles

NHIC

Presence of 5 over-wintering Midland Painted Turtles is significantÍ.

One or more Northern Map Turtle or Snapping Turtle over-wintering within a wetland is significantÍ.

The mapped ELC ecosite area with the over wintering turtles is the SWH. If the hibernation site is within a stream or river, the deep-water pool where the turtles are over wintering is the SWH.

Over wintering areas may be identified by searching for congregations (Basking Areas) of turtles on warm, sunny days during the fall (Sept. – Oct.) or spring (Mar. – May) cvii. Congregation of turtles is more common where wintering areas are limited and therefore significant cix, cx, cxi, cxii.

SWHDSScxlix Index #28 provides development effects and mitigation measures for turtle wintering habitat.

Potentially suitable overwintering habitat is present in numerous pond / wetland areas within the DSA and GSA. Based on targeted and supplemental field surveys, we recorded observations or evidence of two species: Midland Painted Turtle and Snapping Turtle. Basking Midland Painted Turtles were widespread and

abundant in the larger ponds during spring surveys (up to 40+ individuals observed in any one location on a single date). This species was also recorded incidentally in moderate numbers during road/mortality and pitfall trapping surveys (10-15). Greatest abundances were recorded in VP2, VP5 and Barrie’s Lake.

Moderate numbers of Snapping Turtle were recorded (<10 individuals) during spring basking, road/mortality and pitfall trapping surveys throughout the DSA.

Conclusion: criterion met for WSU 2, 3, 6 and 8

Page 99: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Significant Wildlife Habitat Evaluation

ECOPLANS Page K-6

Wildlife Habitat Wildlife Species CANDIDATE SWH CONFIRMED SWH

Evaluation ELC Ecosite Codes Habitat Criteria and Information Sources Defining Criteria

9. Reptile Hibernaculum Rationale; Generally sites are the only known sites in the area. Sites with the highest number of individuals are most significant.

Snakes: Eastern Gartersnake Northern Watersnake Northern Red-bellied Snake Northern Brownsnake Smooth Green Snake Northern Ring-necked Snake Special Concern: Milksnake Eastern Ribbonsnake Lizard: Special Concern (Southern Shield population): Five-lined Skink

For all snakes, habitat may be found in any ecosite in central Ontario other than very wet ones. Talus, Rock Barren, Crevice and Cave, and Alvar sites may be directly related to these habitats.

Observations of congregations of snakes on sunny warm days in the spring or fall is a good indicator. The existence of rock piles or slopes, stone fences, and crumbling foundations assist in identifying candidate SWH.

For Five-lined Skink, ELC Community Series of FOD and FOM and Ecosites: FOC1 FOC3

For snakes, hibernation takes place in sites located below frost lines in burrows, rock crevices and other natural locations. Areas of broken and fissured rock are particularly valuable since they provide access to subterranean sites below the frost linexliv, l, li, lii, cxii . Wetlands can also be important over-wintering habitat in conifer or shrub swamps and swales, poor fens, or depressions in bedrock terrain with sparse trees or shrubs with sphagnum moss or sedge hummock ground cover. Information Sources In spring, local residents or landowners may have

observed the emergence of snakes on their property (e.g.old dug wells).

Reports and other information available from CAs. Local naturalists and experts, as well as university

herpetologists may also know where to find some of these sites.

NHIC Five-lined skink prefer mixed forests with rock outcrop openings providing cover rock overlaying granite bedrock with fissures cciii. Information Sources Reports and other information available from CAs. Local naturalists and experts, as well as university

herpetologists may also know where to find some of these sites.

OMNR ecologist or biologist may be aware of locations of wintering skinks

NHIC

Studies confirming: Presence of snake hibernacula used by a

minimum of five individuals of a snake sp. or; individuals of two or more snake spp.

Congregations of a minimum of five individuals of a snake sp. or; individuals of two or more snake spp. near potential hibernacula (eg. foundation or rocky slope) on sunny warm days in Spring (Apr/May) and Fall (Sept/Oct)Í .

Note: If there are Special Concern Species present, then site is SWH

Note: Sites for hibernation possess specific habitat parameters (e.g. temperature, humidity, etc.) and consequently are used annually, often by many of the same individuals of a local population [i.e. strong hibernation site fidelity.]. Other critical life processes (e.g. mating) often take place in close proximity to hibernacula. The the feature in which the hibernacula is located plus a 30 m buffer is the SWHÍ

SWHDSScxlix Index #13 provides development effects and mitigation measures for snake hibernacula.

Presence of any active hibernaculum for skink is significant.

SWHDSScxlix Index #37 provides development effects and mitigation measures for five-lined skink wintering habitat.

Candidate hibernacula sites within the DSA or in the portion of the GSA where detailed field surveys were undertaken are limited to some small scattered rock piles and debris / foundations associated with a farmstead in the NE corner of the DSA, in addition to woodland areas. Targeted field surveys for snakes were completed from 2008 – 2011, including ‘cover board’ surveys (14 dates) and road/mortality surveys (19 dates). Potential use was also evaluated through supplemental observations during other surveys (e.g. drift fence / pitfall trapping, breeding birds, turtle basking /nesting), incl. many visits in spring, summer and fall. Results: 2 snake species were recorded, generally in small numbers:

Cover board surveys: (2) Dekay’s Brownsnake at one location; (1-20) E. Gartersnake at 7 locations

Road/mortality surveys: small numbers (1-2) of E. Garternsnake

Pitfall surveys: moderate to high numbers of E. Gartersnake (max. 30) and low numbers of Dekay’s Brownsnake (max. 4)

No snake congregations near potential hibernacula were recorded; however, substantial numbers of snakes (primarily E. Gartersnake) were recorded in spring (early-mid April), possibly indicating presence of a hibernacula in the area – outside of areas covered by the detailed field surveys listed above

Conclusion: criterion is not met

10. Colonially -Nesting Bird Breeding Habitat (Bank and Cliff) Rationale; Historical use and number of nests in a colony make this habitat significant. An identified colony can be very important to local populations. All swallow population are declining in Ontario cxcix.

Bank Swallow Cliff Swallow Northern Rough-winged Swallow

Eroding banks, sandy hills, borrow pits, steep slopes, and sand piles (Bank Swallow and N. Rough-winged Swallow). Cliff faces, bridge abutments, silos, barns (Cliff Swallows). Habitat found in the following ecosites: CUM1 CUT1 CUS1 BLO1 BLS1 BLT1 CLO1 CLS1 CLT1

Any site or areas with exposed soil banks, undisturbed or naturally eroding that is not a licensed/permitted aggregate area.

Does not include man-made structures (bridges or buildings) or recently (2 years) disturbed soil areas, such as berms, embankments, soil or aggregate stockpiles.

Does not include a licensed/permitted Mineral Aggregate Operation.

Information Sources Reports and other information available from CAs. Ontario Breeding Bird Atlas ccv Bird Studies Canada; NatureCounts

http://www.birdscanada.org/birdmon/ Naturalist Clubs.

Studies confirming: Presence of 1 or more nesting sites with 8cxlvix or

more cliff swallow pairs or 50Í bank swallow and rough-winged swallow pairs during the breeding season.

A colony identified as SWH will include a 50m radius habitat area from the peripheral nestsccvii

Field surveys to observe and count swallow nests are to be completed during the breeding season. Evaluation methods to follow “Bird and Bird Habitats: Guidelines for Wind Power Projects”ccxi

SWHDSScxlix Index #4 provides development effects and mitigation measures

Field survey results: No suitable nesting habitat present within the DSA or in the

portion of the GSA where detailed field surveys were undertaken

Possible nesting habitat in the GSA (active aggregate pits and cliffs along the Grand River)

No nesting sites recorded during field surveys Cliff Swallow and Bank Swallow individuals and groups

recorded foraging within the DSA. Conclusion: criterion is not met

Page 100: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Significant Wildlife Habitat Evaluation

ECOPLANS Page K-7

Wildlife Habitat Wildlife Species CANDIDATE SWH CONFIRMED SWH

Evaluation ELC Ecosite Codes Habitat Criteria and Information Sources Defining Criteria

11. Colonially -Nesting Bird Breeding Habitat (Tree/Shrubs) Rationale; Large colonies are important to local bird population, typically sites are only known colony in area and are used annually.

Great Blue Heron Black-crowned Night-Heron Great Egret Green Heron

SWM2 SWM3 SWM5 SWM6 SWD1 SWD2 SWD3 SWD4 SWD5 SWD6 SWD7 FET1

Nests in live or dead standing trees in wetlands, lakes, islands, and peninsulas. Shrubs and occasionally emergent vegetation may also be used.

Most nests in trees are 11 to 15 m from ground, near the top of the tree.

Information Sources Ontario Breeding Bird Atlas ccv, colonial nest records. Ontario Heronry Inventory 1991 available from Bird

Studies Canada or NHIC (OMNR). NHIC Mixed Wader Nesting Colony Aerial photographs can help identify large heronries. Reports and other information available from CAs. MNR District Offices. Local naturalist clubs.

Studies confirming: Presence of 5Í or more active nests of Great

Blue Heron. The edge of the colony and a minimum 300m

area of habitat or extent of the Forest Ecosite containing the colony or any island <15.0ha with a colony is the SWH cc, ccvii

Confirmation of active heronries are to be achieved through site visits conducted during the nesting season (April to August) or by evidence such as the presence of fresh guano, dead young and/or eggshells

SWHDSScxlix Index #5 provides development effects and mitigation measures.

No confirmed nesting of any of the listed species in the DSA or in the portion of the GSA where detailed field surveys were undertaken. No known nesting records in the DSA or in the portion of the GSA where detailed field surveys were undertaken - from background sources or anecdotal evidence. Great Blue Herons were recorded regularly in small numbers (foraging in wetlands). Green Heron were recorded on several dates (foraging in wetlands). Conclusion: criterion is not met

12. Colonially -Nesting Bird Breeding Habitat (Ground) Rationale; Colonies are important to local bird population, typically sites are only known colony in area and are used annually.

Herring Gull Great Black-backed Gull Little Gull Ring-billed Gull Common Tern Caspian Tern Brewer’s Blackbird

Any rocky island or peninsula (natural or artificial) within a lake or large river (two-lined on a 1;50,000 NTS map). Close proximity to watercourses in open fields or pastures with scattered trees or shrubs (Brewer’s Blackbird) MAM1-6; MAS1-3; CUM CUT CUS

Nesting colonies of gulls and terns are on islands or peninsulas associated with open water or in marshy areas.

Brewers Blackbird colonies are found loosely on the ground in or in low bushes in close proximity to streams and irrigation ditches within farmlands.

Information Sources Ontario Breeding Bird Atlas ccv, rare/colonial species

records. Canadian Wildlife Service

Reports and other information available from CAs.

NHIC Colonial Waterbird Nesting Area MNR District Offices. Local naturalist clubs.

Studies confirming: Presence of > 25 active nests for Herring Gulls

or Ring-billed Gulls, >5 active nests for Common Tern or >2 active nests for Caspian TernÍ.

Presence of 5 or more pairs for Brewer’s BlackbirdÍ.

Any active nesting colony of one or more Little Gull, and Great Black-backed Gull is significantÍ.

The edge of the colony and a minimum 150m area of habitat, or the extent of the ELC ecosites containing the colony or any island <3.0ha with a colony is the SWH cc, ccvii

Studies would be done during May/June when actively nesting. Evaluation methods to follow “Bird and Bird Habitats: Guidelines for Wind Power Projects”ccxi

SWHDSScxlix Index #6 provides development effects and mitigation measures.

No suitable habitat present. Conclusion: criterion is not met

Page 101: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Significant Wildlife Habitat Evaluation

ECOPLANS Page K-8

Wildlife Habitat Wildlife Species CANDIDATE SWH CONFIRMED SWH

Evaluation ELC Ecosite Codes Habitat Criteria and Information Sources Defining Criteria

13. Migratory Butterfly Stopover Areas Rationale: Butterfly stopover areas are extremely rare habitats and are biologically important for butterfly species that migrate south for the winter.

Painted Lady White Admiral Special Concern Monarch

Combination of ELC Community Series; need to have present one Community Series from each landclass: Field: CUM CUT CUS Forest: FOC FOD FOM CUP Anecdotally, a candidate sight for butterfly stopover will have a history of butterflies being observed.

A butterfly stopover area will be a minimum of 10 ha in size with a combination of field and forest habitat present, and will be located within 5 km of Lake Ontario cxlix. The habitat is typically a combination of field and

forest, and provides the butterflies with a location to rest prior to their long migration south xxxii, xxxiii, xxxiv, xxxv, xxxvi.

The habitat should not be disturbed, fields/meadows with an abundance of preferred nectar plants and woodland edge providing shelter are requirements for this habitat cxlviii, cxlix.

Staging areas usually provide protection from the elements and are often spits of land or areas with the shortest distance to cross the Great Lakes xxxvii, xxxviii, xxxix, xl, xli.

Information Sources OMNR (NHIC) Agriculture Canada in Ottawa may have list of

butterfly experts. Naturalist Clubs Toronto Entomologists Association Conservation Authorities

Studies confirm: The presence of Monarch Use Days (MUD)

during fall migration (Aug/Oct)xliii. MUD is based on the number of days a site is used by Monarchs, multiplied by the number of individuals using the site. Numbers of butterflies can range from 100-500/dayxxxvii, significant variation can occur between years and multiple years of sampling should occur xl, xlii.

MUD of >5000 or >3000 with the presence of Painted Ladies or White Admiral’s is to be considered significant.Í

SWHDSS cxlix Index #16 provides development effects and mitigation measures.

No suitable habitat is present in the DSA or GSA (i.e. not within 5 km of Lake Ontario While a moderate to good diversity of butterflies was recorded, open field / meadow habitat is very limited in the DSA. Monarch was recorded regularly, but in very small numbers (< 5 individuals) and Painted Lady was recorded once (3 individuals) Conclusion: criterion is not met

14. Landbird Migratory Stopover Areas Rationale: Sites with a high diversity of species as well as high numbers are most significant.

All migratory songbirds. Canadian Wildlife Service Ontario website: http://www.on.ec.gc.ca/wildlife_e.html All migrant raptors species: Ontario Ministry of Natural Resources: Fish and Wildlife Conservation Act, 1997. Schedule 7: Specially Protected Birds (Raptors)

All Ecosites associated with these ELC Community Series; FOC FOM FOD SWC SWM SWD

Woodlots need to be >10 haÍ in size and within 5 km iv, v, vi, vii, viii, ix, x, xi, xii, xiii, xiv, xv of Lake Ontario. Woodlands <2km from Lake Ontario are more

significant cxlix Sites have a variety of habitats; forest, grassland and

wetland complexes cxlix. The largest sites are more significant cxlix Woodlots and forest fragments are important habitats

to migrating birdsccxviii, these features located along the shore and located within 5km of Lake Ontario are Candidate SWH cxlviii.

Information Sources Bird Studies Canada Ontario Nature Local birders and naturalist club Ontario Important Bird Areas

(IBA) Program

Studies confirm: Use of the woodlot by >200 birds/day and with

>35 spp with at least 10 bird spp. recorded on at least 5 different survey datesÍ. This abundance and diversity of migrant bird species is considered above average and significant.

Studies should be completed during spring (Apr./May) and fall (Aug/Oct) migration using standardized assessment techniques. Evaluation methods to follow “Bird and Bird Habitats: Guidelines for Wind Power Projects”ccxi

SWHDSS cxlix Index #9 provides development effects and mitigation measures.

No suitable habitat is present in the DSA or GSA (i.e. not within 5 km of Lake Ontario). While a good diversity of migrant songbirds was recorded, no specific areas were particularly notable and the study area has little in the way of concentrating structure for passerine migrants. As a result, it likely supports random and erratic migrant usage, most often dictated by weather and fallouts rather than site specific conditions. There are no areas that would be expected to produce consistent migration concentrations, year after year. This would not be considered ‘above average and significant’ in the local landscape. Conclusion: criterion is not met

Page 102: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Significant Wildlife Habitat Evaluation

ECOPLANS Page K-9

Wildlife Habitat Wildlife Species CANDIDATE SWH CONFIRMED SWH

Evaluation ELC Ecosite Codes Habitat Criteria and Information Sources Defining Criteria

15. Deer Yarding Areas Rationale: Winter habitat for deer is considered to be the main limiting factor for northern deer populations. In winter, deer congregate in “yards” to survive severe winter conditions. Deer yards typically have a long history of annual use by deer, yards typically represent 10-15% of an areas summer range.

White-tailed Deer

Note: OMNR to determine this habitat. ELC Community Series providing a thermal cover component for a deer yard would include; FOM, FOC, SWM and SWC. Or these ELC Ecosites; CUP2 CUP3 FOD3 CUT

Deer yarding areas or winter concentration areas (yards) are areas deer move to in response to the onset of winter snow and cold. This is a behavioural response and deer will establish traditional use areas. The yard is composed of two areas referred to as Stratum I and Stratum II. Stratum II covers the entire winter yard area and is usually a mixed or deciduous forest with plenty of browse available for food. Agricultural lands can also be included in this area. Deer move to these areas in early winter and generally, when snow depths reach 20 cm, most of the deer will have moved here. If the snow is light and fluffy, deer may continue to use this area until 30 cm snow depth. In mild winters, deer may remain in the Stratum II area the entire winter.

The Core of a deer yard (Stratum I) is located within the Stratum II area and is critical for deer survival in areas where winters become severe. It is primarily composed of coniferous trees (pine, hemlock, cedar, spruce) with a canopy cover of more than 60%cxciv.

OMNR determines deer yards following methods outlined in “Selected Wildlife and Habitat Features: Inventory Manual" cxcv

Woodlots with high densities of deer due to artificial feeding are not significantÍ.

No Studies Required: Snow depth and temperature are the greatest

influence on deer use of winter yards. Snow depths > 40cm for more than 60 days in a typically winter are minimum criteria for a deer yard to be considered as SWH. lvi, lvii, lviii, lix, lx, Í

Deer Yards are mapped by OMNR District offices. Locations of Core or Stratum 1 and Stratum 2 Deer yards considered significant by OMNR will be available at local MNR offices or via Land Information Ontario (LIO).

Field investigations that record deer tracks in winter are done to confirm use (best done from an aircraft). Preferably, this is done over a series of winters to establish the boundary of the Stratum I and Stratum II yard in an "average" winter. MNR will complete these field investigations. cxcv

If a SWH is determined for Deer Wintering Area or if a proposed development is within Stratum II yarding area then Movement Corridors are to be considered as outlined in Table 1.4.1 of this Schedule.

SWHDSScxlix Index #2 provides development effects and mitigation measures.

A Deer Wintering Area (Stratum 2) is shown on MNR NRVIS mapping – covering Devil’s Creek valley between Blenheim Road and CNR line (i.e. all of WSU 1 and WSU 9). Deer were recorded regularly in small numbers, predominantly in the larger woodlands. Conifer stands are relatively scarce in the DSA and in the portion of the GSA where detailed field surveys were undertaken. Conclusion: criterion is not met

16. Deer Winter Congregation Areas Rationale: Deer movement during winter in the southern areas of Eco-region 6E are not constrained by snow depth, however deer will annually congregate in large numbers in suitable woodlands to reduce or avoid the impacts of winter conditions cxlviii.

White-tailed Deer

All Forested Ecosites with these ELC Community Series; FOC FOM FOD SWC SWM SWD Conifer plantations much smaller than 50 ha may also be used.

Woodlots will typically be >100 ha in sizeÍ. Woodlots <100ha may be considered as significant based on MNR studies or assessment.

Deer movement during winter in the southern areas of Eco-region 6E are not constrained by snow depth, however deer will annually congregate in large numbers in suitable woodlands cxlviii.

If deer are constrained by snow depth refer to the Deer Yarding Area habitat within Table 1.1 of this Schedule.

Large woodlots > 100ha and up to 1500 ha are known to be used annually by densities of deer that range from 0.1-1.5 deer/ha ccxxiv.

Woodlots with high densities of deer due to artificial feeding are not significantÍ.

Information Sources MNR District Offices. LIO/NRVIS

Studies confirm: Deer management is an MNR responsibility,

deer winter congregation areas considered significant will be mapped by MNR cxlviii.

Use of the woodlot by white-tailed deer will be determined by MNR, all woodlots exceeding the area criteria are significant, unless determined not to be significant by MNR Í..

Studies should be completed during winter (Jan/Feb) when >20cm of snow is on the ground using aerial survey techniquesccxxiv , ground or road surveys. or a pellet count deer density surveyccxxv.

SWHDSS cxlix Index #2 provides development effects and mitigation measures.

No woodlots greater than 100 ha are present and no Stratum 1 Deer Wintering Areas are present. Conclusion: criterion is not met

Page 103: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Significant Wildlife Habitat Evaluation

ECOPLANS Page K-10

1.2 RARE VEGETATION COMMUNITIES OR SPECIALIZED HABITAT FOR WILDLIFE

1.2.1 Rare Vegetation Communities Rare vegetation communities often contain rare species, particularly plants and small invertebrates, which depend on such habitats for their survival and cannot readily move to or find alternative habitats. When assessing rare vegetation communities, one of the most important criteria is the current representation of the community in the planning area based on its area relative to the total landscape or the number of examples within the planning area. There are a number of criterion used to define rare vegetation communities, however the NHIC uses a system that considers the provincial rank of a species or community type as a tool to prioritize protection efforts. These ranks are not legal designations but have been assigned using the best available scientific information, and follow a systematic ranking procedure developed by The Nature Conservancy (U.S.). The ranks are based on three factors: estimated number of occurrences, estimated community aerial extent, and estimated range of the community within the province: S1 Extremely rare - usually 5 or fewer occurrences in the province, or very few remaining hectares. S2 Very rare - usually between 5 and 20 occurrences in the province, or few remaining hectares. S3 Rare to uncommon - usually between 20 and 100 occurrences in the province; may have fewer occurrences, but with some extensive examples remaining. The setting of criteria for significant wildlife habitat (SWH) has incorporated this ranking system into its process of determining rare vegetation communities and as such, a rare vegetation community is defined to include areas that contain a provincially rare vegetation community and/or areas that contain a vegetation community that is rare within the planning area. SWH Table 1.2.1 contains a listing of rare vegetation communities that are considered SWH for the planning area contained within Ecoregion 6E.

Table 1.2.1 Rare Vegetation Communities.

Rare Vegetation Community CANDIDATE SWH CONFIRMED SWH Evaluation

ELC Ecosite Code Habitat Description Detailed Information and Sources Defining Criteria

17. Cliffs and Talus Slopes

Rationale; Cliffs and Talus Slopes are extremely rare habitats in Ontario.

Any ELC Ecosite within Community Series: TAO CLO TAS CLS TAT CLT

A Cliff is vertical to near vertical bedrock >3m in height. A Talus Slope is rock rubble at the base of a cliff made up of coarse rocky debris

Most cliff and talus slopes occur along the Niagara Escarpment.

Information Sources The Niagara Escarpment Commission

has detailed information on location of these habitats.

OMNR Planner, Forester, Ecologist or Biologist

NHIC has location information on some cliff and talus occurrences, this information is available on their website (Biodiversity Explorer).

Local naturalist clubs Conservation Authorities

Confirm any ELC Vegetation Type for Cliffs or Talus Slopes lxxviii

SWHDSScxlix Index #21 provides development effects and mitigation measures.

No cliff habitat is present within the DSA or in the portion of the GSA where detailed field surveys were undertaken. Cliff habitat is present along the Grand River on the Rare Charitable Research lands within the north portion of the GSA. Conclusion: criterion is not met within the DSA or in the portion of the GSA where detailed field surveys were undertaken; potentially met within the rare lands in the GSA.

18. Sand Barren Rationale; Sand barrens are rare in Ontario and support rare species. Most Sand Barrens have been lost due to cottage development and forestry

ELC Ecosites: SBO1 SBS1 SBT1 Vegetation cover varies from patchy and barren to continuous meadow (SBO1), thicket-like (SBS1), or more closed and treed (SBT1). Tree cover always < 60%.

Sand Barrens typically are exposed sand, generally sparsely vegetated and caused by lack of moisture, periodic fires and erosion. They have little or no soil and the underlying rock protrudes through the surface. Usually located within other types of natural habitat such as forest or savannah. Vegetation can vary from patchy and barren to tree covered but less than 60%.

Any sand barren area, no minimum size.

Information Sources OMNR Planner, Forester, Ecologist or

Biologist may be aware of locations. NHIC has location information on some

sand barren occurrences, this information is available on their website (Biodiversity Explorer).

Local naturalist clubs Conservation Authorities

Confirm any ELC Vegetation Type for Sand Barrens lxxviii

Site must not be dominated by exotic or introduced species (<50% vegetative cover exotics)Í.

SWHDSScxlix Index #20 provides

development effects and mitigation measures.

No sand barren habitat is present within the DSA or in the portion of the GSA where detailed field surveys were undertaken. We are aware of no records within the DSA or in the portion of the GSA where detailed field surveys were undertaken. Conclusion: criterion is not met within the DSA or GSA.

Page 104: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Significant Wildlife Habitat Evaluation

ECOPLANS Page K-11

Rare Vegetation Community CANDIDATE SWH CONFIRMED SWH Evaluation

ELC Ecosite Code Habitat Description Detailed Information and Sources Defining Criteria

19. Alvar Rationale; Alvars are extremely rare habitats in Ecos-region 6E. Most alvars in Ontario are in Eco-regions 6E and 7E. Alvars in 6E are small and highly localized just north of the Palaeozoic-Precambrian contact.

ALO1 ALS1 ALT1 FOC1 FOC2 CUM2 CUS2 CUT2-1 CUW2

An alvar is typically a level, mostly unfractured calcareous bedrock feature with a mosaic of rock pavements and bedrock overlain by a thin veneer of soil. The hydrology of alvars is complex, with alternating periods of inundation and drought. Vegetation cover varies from sparse lichen-moss associations to grasslands and shrublands and comprising a number of characteristic or indicator plant. Undisturbed alvars can be phyto- and zoogeographically diverse, supporting many uncommon or are relict plant and animals species. Vegetation cover varies from patchy to barren with a less than 60% tree cover lxxviii.

An Alvar site > 0.5 ha in size lxxv. Information Sources Alvars of Ontario (2000), Federation of

Ontario Naturalists lxxvi. Ontario Nature – Conserving Great

Lakes Alvarsccviii. NHIC has location information on many

alvar occurrences, this information is available on their website (Biodiversity Explorer).

OMNR Ecologists or Biologists. Local naturalist clubs. Conservation Authorities.

Field studies identify one or more of the Alvar indicator species lxxv listed in OMNR (2000b) cxlix Appendix N should be present. Note: Alvar plant spp. list from Eco-region 6E should be usedcxlviii

Site must not be dominated by exotic or introduced species (<50% vegetative cover exotics).

The alvar must be in excellent condition

and fit in with surrounding landscape with few conflicting land uses lxxv

SWHDSScxlix Index #17 provides

development effects and mitigation measures.

No alvar is present within the DSA or in the portion of the GSA where detailed field surveys were undertaken. Alvar habitat is present on the Rare Charitable Research lands within the north portion of the GSA. Conclusion: criterion not met within the DSA or in the portion of the GSA where detailed field surveys were undertaken; met within a portion of the rare lands in the GSA.

20. Old Growth Forest Rationale; Due to historic logging practices, extensive old growth forest is rare in the Ecoregion. Interior habitat provided by old growth forests is required by many wildlife species.

Forest Community Series: FOD FOC FOM

Old Growth forests are characterized by heavy mortality or turnover of over-storey trees resulting in a mosaic of gaps that encourage development of a multi-layered canopy and an abundance of snags and downed woody debris.

Stands 30 ha or greater in size or with at least 10 ha interior habitat assuming 100 m buffer at edge of forest Í. Information Sources OMNR Forest Resource Inventory

mapping OMNR Forester, Ecologist or Biologist. Local naturalist clubs Conservation Authorities Sustainable Forestry Licence (SFL)

companies will possibly know locations through field operations.

Municipal forestry departments

Field Studies will determine: If dominant trees species of the ecosite

are >140 years old, then stand is Significant Wildlife Habitat cxlviii

The stand will have experienced no recognizable forestry activities cxlviii

The area of Forest Ecosites combined to make up the stand is the SWH.

Determine ELC Vegetation Type for forest stand lxxviii

SWHDSScxlix Index #23 provides development effects and mitigation measures.

No areas within the DSA / portions of the GSA where field surveys were undertaken meet the total size (30ha), forest interior (10 ha), dominant tree age (> 140 yr) or ‘disturbance / forestry’ history criteria.

Notwithstanding this, based on FRI mapping (1978) and field surveys, two areas could be considered ‘older’ growth: portions of WSU 1 and WSU 4. In WSU 1, continuous older growth is found in 2 blocks at the north and south end; discontinuous (i.e. patchy) older growth is found in the central upland forest portion. In WSU 4, discontinuous older growth is found in a portion of upland deciduous forest at the east end. The estimated age of dominant trees (Sugar Maple, White Oak), based on projection from ages noted in the FRI mapping, is approximately 100 years old. However, some logging has occurred in the intervening years and canopy cover / age is not homogeneous throughout these areas. Refer to the Appendix L “Old Growth Assessment” for additional detail. Conclusion: criterion is not met within the DSA; potentially met within the rare lands in the GSA

Page 105: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Significant Wildlife Habitat Evaluation

ECOPLANS Page K-12

Rare Vegetation Community CANDIDATE SWH CONFIRMED SWH Evaluation

ELC Ecosite Code Habitat Description Detailed Information and Sources Defining Criteria

21. Savannah Rationale: Savannahs are extremely rare habitats in Ontario.

TPS1 TPS2 TPW1 TPW2 CUS2

A Savannah is a tallgrass prairie habitat that has tree cover between 25 – 60%.

No minimum size to site Í Site must be restored or a natural site. Remnant sites such as railway right of ways are not considered to be SWH. Information Sources NHIC has location information on many

savannah occurrences, this information is available on their website (Biodiversity Explorer).

OMNR Ecologists. Local naturalists clubs. Conservation Authorities.

Field studies confirm one or more of the Savannah indicator species listed in lxxv Appendix N should be present Í. Note: Savannah plant spp. list from Ecoregion 6E should be usedcxlviii. Area of the ELC Ecosite is the SWH.

Site must not be dominated by exotic or

introduced species (<50% vegetative cover exotics).

SWHDSScxlix Index #18 provides development effects and mitigation measures.

No savannah habitat is present within the DSA or in the portion of the GSA where detailed field surveys were undertaken. We are aware of no records within the DSA or in the portion of the GSA where detailed field surveys were undertaken. Conclusion: criterion is not met within the DSA or GSA.

22. Tallgrass Prairie Rationale: Tallgrass Prairies are extremely rare habitats in Ontario.

TPO1 TPO2

A Tallgrass Prairie has ground cover dominated by prairie grasses. An open Tallgrass Prairie habitat has < 25% tree cover.

No minimum size to site Í. Site must be restored or a natural site. Remnant sites such as railway right of ways are not considered to be SWH. Information Sources OMNR Ecologists and Biologists. NHIC has location information on some

tallgrass prairie occurrences, this information is available on their website (Biodiversity Explorer).

Local naturalists clubs. Conservation Authorities.

Field studies confirm one or more of the Prairie indicator species listed in lxxv Appendix N should be present Í. Note: Prairie plant spp. list from Ecoregion 6E should be usedcxlviii Area of the ELC Ecosite is the SWH.

Site must not be dominated by exotic or

introduced species (<50% vegetative cover exotics).

SWHDSScxlix Index #19 provides development effects and mitigation measures.

No tallgrass prairie habitat is present within the DSA or in the portion of the GSA where detailed field surveys were undertaken. We are aware of no records within the DSA or in the portion of the GSA where detailed field surveys were undertaken. Conclusion: criterion is not met within the DSA or GSA.

23. Other Rare Vegetation Communities Rationale: Plant communities that often contain rare species which depend on the habitat for survival.

Provincially Rare S1, S2 and S3 vegetation communities are listed in Appendix M of the SWHTGcxlviii . Any ELC Ecosite Code that has a possible ELC Vegetation Type that is Provincially Rare is Candidate SWH.

Rare Vegetation Communities may include beaches, fens, forest, marsh, barrens, dunes and swamps.

ELC Ecosite codes that have the potential to be a rare ELC Vegetation Type as outlined in appendix M cxlviii The OMNR/NHIC will have up to date listing for rare vegetation communities. Information Sources NHIC has location information on other

rare vegetation types, this information is available on their website (Biodiversity Explorer)

OMNR Ecologists and Biologists. Local naturalists clubs. Conservation Authorities.

Field studies should confirm if an ELC Vegetation Type is a rare vegetation community based on listing within Appendix M of SWHTGcxlviii Area of the ELC Vegetation Type

polygon is the SWH.

SWHDSS cxlix Index #37 provides development effects and mitigation measures.

No provincially rare vegetation community types are present within the DSA / portion of the GSA where field surveys were undertaken. Conclusion: criterion is not met within the DSA; likely met within the alvar communities on rare lands

Page 106: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Significant Wildlife Habitat Evaluation

ECOPLANS Page K-13

1.2.2 Specialized Habitat for Wildlife

Some wildlife species require large areas of suitable habitat for their long-term survival. Many wildlife species require substantial areas of suitable habitat for successful breeding. Their populations decline when habitat becomes fragmented and reduced in sizecxlviii. Specialized habitat for wildlife is a community or diversity-based category, therefore, the more wildlife species a habitat contains, the more significant the habitat becomes to the planning area. The largest and least fragmented habitats within a planning area will support the most significant populations of wildlife. The specialized habitats for wildlife that are considered as SWH are outlined in Table 1.2.2. Table 1.2.2 Specialized Habitats of Wildlife considered SWH.

Specialized Wildlife Habitat Wildlife Species

CANDIDATE SWH CONFIRMED SWH Evaluation

ELC Ecosite Codes Habitat Criteria and Information Sources Defining Criteria

24. Waterfowl Nesting Area Rationale; Important to local waterfowl populations, sites with greatest number of species and highest number of individuals are significant.

American Black Duck Northern Pintail Northern Shoveler Gadwall Blue-winged Teal Green-winged Teal Wood Duck Hooded Merganser Mallard

All upland habitats located adjacent to these wetland ELC Ecosites are Candidate SWH: MAS1 MAS2 MAS3 SAS1 SAM1 SAF1 MAM1 MAM2 MAM3 MAM4 MAM5 MAM6 SWT1 SWT2 SWD1 SWD2 SWD3 SWD4 Note: includes adjacency to Provincially Significant Wetlands

A waterfowl nesting area extends 120 m cxlix from a wetland (> 0.5 ha) or a wetland (>0.5ha) and any small wetlands (0.5ha) within 120m or a cluster of 3 or more small (<0.5 ha) wetlands within 120 m of each individual wetland where waterfowl nesting is known to occur cxlix.

Upland areas should be at least 120 m wide so that predators such as racoons, skunks, and foxes have difficulty finding nests.

Wood Ducks and Hooded Mergansers utilize large diameter trees (>40cm dbh) in woodlands for cavity nest sites.

Information Sources Ducks Unlimited staff may know the locations of particularly

productive nesting sites. OMNR Wetland Evaluations for indication of significant

waterfowl nesting habitat. Reports and other information available from CAs.

Studies confirmed: Presence of 3 or more nesting pairs for listed

species excluding MallardsÍ, or; Presence of 10 or more nesting pairs for listed

species including MallardsÍ. Any active nesting site of an American Black Duck

is considered significant. Nesting studies should be completed during the

spring breeding season (April - June). Evaluation methods to follow “Bird and Bird Habitats: Guidelines for Wind Power Projects”ccxi

A field study confirming waterfowl nesting habitat will determine the boundary of the waterfowl nesting habitat for the SWH, this may be greater or less than 120 m cxlviii from the wetland and will provide enough habitat for waterfowl to successfully nest.

SWHDSScxlix Index #25 provides development effects and mitigation measures.

The following ELC habitats are found adjacent to MAM/MAS/SWD/SWT/SAF wetland habitats in the DSA: CUM, CUT, CUW and FOD. Generally, these adjacent upland habitats are very narrow, with portions ploughed regularly (typically less than 20 m wide). The following species were recorded in wetlands with adjacent upland habitat (with maximum number in parentheses):

Blue-winged Teal (2-probable) Wood Duck (12-confirmed) Hooded Merganser (4-confirmed) Mallard (31-confirmed)

Note: Blue-winged Teal would be considered uncommon local breeders (formerly common, pre 1980). Hooded Merganser would be considered uncommon / rare locally. The recorded numbers of Wood Duck and Mallard would not be considered unusual or locally / regionally significant as both species are common and widespread and expected to occur in most wetland habitat in southern Ontario. Conclusion: criterion is met within narrow upland margins around WSU # 2, 3, 6 and 8. Criterion is met within suitable upland portions of WSU # 4.

Page 107: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Significant Wildlife Habitat Evaluation

ECOPLANS Page K-14

Specialized Wildlife Habitat Wildlife Species

CANDIDATE SWH CONFIRMED SWH Evaluation

ELC Ecosite Codes Habitat Criteria and Information Sources Defining Criteria

25. Bald Eagle and Osprey Nesting, Foraging and Perching Habitat Rationale; Nest sites are fairly uncommon in Eco-region 6E and are used annually by these species. Many suitable nesting locations may be lost due to increasing shoreline development pressures and scarcity of habitat.

Osprey Special Concern Bald Eagle

ELC Forest Community Series: FOD, FOM, FOC, SWD, SWM and SWC directly adjacent to riparian areas – rivers, lakes, ponds and wetlands

Nests are associated with lakes, ponds, rivers or wetlands along forested shorelines, islands, or on structures over water. Osprey nests are usually at the top a tree whereas Bald Eagle nests are typically in super canopy trees in a notch within the tree’s canopy.

Nests located on man-made objects are not to be included as SWH (e.g. telephone poles and constructed nesting platforms). Information Sources NHIC compiles all known nesting sites for Bald Eagles in Ontario. MNR values information (LIO/NRVIS) will list known nesting

locations. Note: data from NRVIS is provided as a point and does not represent all the habitat.

Nature Counts, Ontario Nest Records Scheme data. OMNR Ecologist or Biologist may be aware of locations of

nesting raptors. In addition, these staff may know local naturalists that may be aware of the locations of raptor nests.

Sustainable Forestry Licence (SFL) companies will identify additional nesting locations through field operations.

Check the Ontario Breeding Bird Atlas ccv or Rare Breeding Birds in Ontario for species documented

Reports and other information available from CAs. Local naturalists may know of other locations. Use maps and aerial photos to identify forests with few roads that

tend to have less human disturbance.

Studies confirm the use of these nests by: One or more active Osprey or Bald Eagle nests in

an areacxlviii . Some species have more than one nest in a given

area and priority is given to the primary nest with alternate nests included within the area of the SWH.

For an Osprey, the active nest and a 300 m radius around the nest or the contiguous woodland stand is the SWH ccvii, maintaining undisturbed shorelines with large trees within this area is important cxlviii.

For a Bald Eagle the active nest and a 400-800 m radius around the nest is the SWH. cvi, ccvii Area of the habitat from 400-800m is dependant on site lines from the nest to the development and inclusion of perching and foraging habitat cvi

To be significant a site must be used annually. When found inactive, the site must be known to be inactive for > 3 years or suspected of not being used for >5 years before being considered not significant. ccvii

Observational studies to determine nest site use, perching sites and foraging areas need to be done from mid March to mid August.

Evaluation methods to follow “Bird and Bird Habitats: Guidelines for Wind Power Projects”ccxi

SWHDSScxlix Index #26 provides development effects and mitigation measures

Some potentially suitable habitat is found in the DSA / GSA (e.g. Barrie’s Lake). Additional suitable habitat is present in the GSA. Both Osprey and Bald Eagle are regular foragers (and breeders – for Osprey) along nearby reaches of the Grand River. Osprey and Bald Eagle were recorded during supplemental surveys (1 individual each), no nests were present in the DSA during field work and no evidence of breeding was recorded.

Conclusion: criterion is not met

26. Woodland Raptor Nesting Habitat Rationale: Nests sites for these species are rarely identified; these area sensitive habitats are often used annually by these species.

Northern Goshawk Cooper’s Hawk Sharp-shinned Hawk Red-shouldered Hawk Barred Owl Broad-winged Hawk

May be found in all forested ELC Ecosites. May also be found in SWC, SWM, SWD and CUP3

All natural or conifer plantation woodland/forest stands >30ha with >10ha of interior habitat lxxxviiii, lxxxix, xc, xci, xciii, xciv, xcv,xcvi, cxxxiii. Interior habitat determined with a 200m buffercxlviii Stick nests found in a variety of intermediate-aged to mature

conifer, deciduous or mixed forests within tops or crotches of trees. Species such as Coopers hawk nest along forest edges sometimes on peninsulas or small off-shore islands.

In disturbed sites, nests may be used again, or a new nest will be in close proximity to old nest.

Information Sources OMNR Ecologist or Biologist may be aware of locations of

nesting raptors. Sustainable Forestry Licence (SFL) companies will identify

additional nesting locations through field operations. Check the Ontario Breeding Bird Atlas ccv or Rare Breeding Birds

in Ontario for species documented. Check data from Bird Studies Canada. Reports and other information available from CAs. Use maps and aerial photographs to identify forests with few

roads that tend to have less human disturbance.

Studies confirm: Presence of 1 or more active nests from species list

is considered significantcxlviii. Red-shouldered Hawk and Northern Goshawk – A

400m radius around the nest or 28 ha of suitable habitat is the SWH ccvii.

Barred Owl – A 200m radius around the nest is the SWH ccvii.

Broad-winged Hawk and Coopers Hawk,– A 100m radius around the nest is the SWHccvii.

Sharp-Shinned Hawk – A 50m radius around the nest is the SWHccvii.

Conduct field investigations from mid-March to end of May. The use of call broadcasts can help in locating territorial (courting/nesting) raptors and facilitate the discovery of nests by narrowing down the search area.

SWHDSS cxlix Index #27 provides development effects and mitigation measures.

Potentially suitable FOD, SWD and SWM habitat is present within the DSA (WSU 1 – based on 100 m forest interior) and GSA. CUP habitat is present within the GSA. No large conifer stands are present within the DSA, though a few small patches of Cedar are present. Two of the listed species were recorded: Cooper’s Hawk and Sharp-shinned Hawk (1 individual each). No evidence of breeding was recorded and no nests were located. Conclusion: criterion is not met

Page 108: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Significant Wildlife Habitat Evaluation

ECOPLANS Page K-15

Specialized Wildlife Habitat Wildlife Species

CANDIDATE SWH CONFIRMED SWH Evaluation

ELC Ecosite Codes Habitat Criteria and Information Sources Defining Criteria

27. Turtle Nesting Areas Rationale; These habitats are rare and when identified will often be the only breeding site for local populations of turtles.

Midland Painted Turtle Special Concern Species Northern Map Turtle Snapping Turtle

Exposed mineral soil (sand or gravel) areas adjacent (<100m) cxlviii or within the following ELC Ecosites: MAM2 MAM3 MAM4 MAM5 MAM6 MAM1 MAM2 MAM3 SAS1 SAM1 SAF1 BOO1 FEO1

Best nesting habitat for turtles are close to water and away from roads and sites less prone to loss of eggs by predation from skunks, raccoons or other animals.

For an area to function as a turtle-nesting area, it must provide sand and gravel that turtles are able to dig in and are located in open, sunny areas. Nesting areas on the sides of municipal or provincial road embankments and shoulders are not SWH.

Sand and gravel beaches adjacent to undisturbed shallow weedy areas of marshes, lakes, and rivers are most frequently used.

Information Sources Use Ontario Soil Survey reports and maps to help find suitable

substrate for nesting turtles (well-drained sands and fine gravels). Check the Ontario Herpetofaunal Summary Atlas records or other

similar atlases for uncommon turtles; location information may help to find potential nesting habitat for them.

NHIC Use aerial photographs and maps to narrow the search for prime

nesting areas including shoreline beaches located near weedy areas of wetlands, lake and river shorelines, road embankments near turtle habitat, and stream crossings/culverts.

Skinks will nest under logs, in stumps or under loose rock in partially wooded areas

Reports and other information available from CAs. Sightings by local Naturalist groups

Studies confirm: Presence of 5 or more nesting Midland Painted

TurtlesÍ One or more Northern Map Turtle or Snapping

Turtle nesting is a SWHÍ. The area or collection of sites within an area of

exposed mineral soils where the turtles nest, plus a radius of 30-100m around the nesting area dependant on slope, riparian vegetation and adjacent land use is the SWH.cxlviii

Travel routes from wetland to nesting area are to be considered within the SWH.cxlix

Field investigations should be conducted in prime nesting season typically late spring to early summer.

SWHDSS cxlix Index #28 provides development effects and mitigation measures for turtle nesting habitat.

Potentially suitable nesting habitat is present in numerous pond / wetland areas within the DSA and GSA. Based on targeted and supplemental field surveys, we recorded observations or evidence of two species: Midland Painted Turtle and Snapping Turtle. Basking Midland Painted Turtles were widespread

and abundant in the larger ponds during spring surveys (up to 40+ individuals observed in any one location on a single date). This species was also recorded incidentally in moderate numbers during road/mortality and pitfall trapping surveys (10-15). Greatest abundances were recorded in VP2, VP5 and Barrie’s Lake.

Moderate numbers of Snapping Turtle were recorded (<10 individuals) during spring basking, road/mortality and pitfall trapping surveys throughout the DSA.

Evidence of turtle nesting was recorded at ponds within the DSA (VP2, VP4 and VP5) and in gravel berms beside Blenheim Road and the rail line. Nesting / attempts were most common along Blenheim Road (5 nests), with 1-3 nests recorded in VP2, VP4 and VP5.

Conclusion: criterion met for WSU 3, 6 and 8, based on possible nests and presence of many Midland Painted Turtles and some Snapping Turtles. Confirmed nesting areas along road / rail embankments do not meet criteria.

28. Seeps and Springs Rationale; Seeps/Springs are typical of headwater areas and are often at the source of coldwater streams.

Wild Turkey Ruffed Grouse Spruce Grouse White-tailed Deer Salamander spp.

Seeps/Springs are areas where ground water comes to the surface. Often they are found within headwater areas within forested habitats. Any forested Ecosite within the headwater areas of a stream could have seeps/springs.

Any forested area (with <25% meadow/field/pasture) within the headwaters of a stream or river system cxvii, cxlix. Seeps and springs are important feeding and drinking areas

especially in the winter will typically support a variety of plant and animal species cxix, cxx, cxxi, cxxii, cxiii, cxiv.

Information Sources Topographical Map. Thermography. Hydrological surveys conducted by CAs and MOE. Local naturalists and landowners may know some locations. Municipalities and Conservation Authorities may have drainage

maps and headwater areas mapped.

Field Studies confirm: Presence of a site with 2 or moreÍ seeps/springs

should be considered SWH. The area of a ELC forest ecosite containing the

seeps/springs is the SWH. The protection of the recharge area considering the slope, vegetation, height of trees and groundwater condition need to be considered in delineation the habitat cxlviii.

SWHDSS cxlix Index #30 provides development effects and mitigation measures

Forested areas with groundwater seepage / springs are present in the east portion of the DSA (Devil’s Creek valley slope west of the rail line) and within the GSA in the headwater forested area of Cruikston Creek (the ‘hogsback’). Wild Turkey and White-tailed Deer were recorded in both locations. Conclusion: criterion met for above listed areas (WSU 1 and 4), assuming the forest / swamp in the east portion of the DSA would be considered ‘headwaters’ of Devil’s Creek.

Page 109: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Significant Wildlife Habitat Evaluation

ECOPLANS Page K-16

Specialized Wildlife Habitat Wildlife Species

CANDIDATE SWH CONFIRMED SWH Evaluation

ELC Ecosite Codes Habitat Criteria and Information Sources Defining Criteria

29. Amphibian Breeding Habitat (Woodland) Rationale: These habitats are extremely important to amphibian biodiversity within a landscape and often represent the only breeding habitat for local amphibian populations

Eastern Newt Blue-spotted Salamander Spotted Salamander Gray Treefrog Spring Peeper Western Chorus Frog Wood Frog

All Ecosites associated with these ELC Community Series; FOC FOM FOD SWC SWM SWD Breeding pools within the woodland or the shortest distance from forest habitat are more significant because they are more likely to be used due to reduced risk to migrating amphibians

Presence of a wetland, lake, or pond within or adjacent (within 120m) to a woodland (no minimum size).clxxxii, lxiii, lxv, lxvi, lxvii, lxviii, lxix, lxx. Some small wetlands may not be mapped and may be important breeding pools for amphibians.

Woodlands with permanent ponds or those containing water in most years until mid-July are more likely to be used as breeding habitat cxlviii

Information Sources Ontario Herpetofaunal Summary Atlas (or other similar atlases)

for records Local landowners may also provide assistance as they may hear

spring-time choruses of amphibians on their property. Local OMNR Ecologist OMNR wetland evaluations Local field naturalist clubs Canadian Wildlife Service Amphibian Road Call Survey Ontario Vernal Pool Association:

http://www.ontariovernalpools.org

Studies confirm; Presence of breeding population of 1 or more of the

listed species with at least 20 individuals (adults, juveniles, eggs/larval masses) lxxi.

An observational study to determine breeding/larval stages will be required during the spring (Apr-June) when amphibians are concentrated around suitable breeding habitat within or near the woodland.

The habitat is the woodland (ELC polygons) and wetland (ELC polygons) combined. A travel corridor connecting the woodland and wetland polygons is to be included within the habitat.

SWHDSS cxlix Index #14 provides development effects and mitigation measures.

A number of candidate wetland/pond habitats were surveyed using multiple methods from 2008-2011 (i.e. spring calling amphibian surveys, road/mortality surveys, pitfall and pond trapping surveys). Breeding populations of all of the listed species (except Eastern Newt) were recorded at numerous locations within the DSA or in the portion of the GSA where detailed field surveys were undertaken, typically in excess of 20 individuals. Some of these locations are within 120 m of woodlands (FOD, SWM):

1. Woodland ponds (VP1 in WSU 4) and larger pond / wetland mosaics (VP4 and VP5 – WSU 3) in the west portion of the DSA

2. AC#2 in the southeast portion of the DSA (large forest west of the rail line – WSU 1) – potential, noting that the relative amphibian richness and abundance is less than other areas listed, based on MESP field surveys.

3. AC#4 – Barrie’s Lake (WSU 8) Conclusion: criterion met for the pond/wetland areas listed above (pond at SE limit of WSU 1 , WSU 3, VP1 [in WSU 4 woodland] and WSU 8 [Barrie’s Lake])

30. Amphibian Breeding Habitat (Wetlands) Rationale; Wetlands supporting breeding for these amphibian species are extremely important and fairly rare within Central Ontario landscapes.

Eastern Newt American Toad Spotted Salamander Four-toed Salamander Blue-spotted Salamander Gray Treefrog Western Chorus Frog Northern Leopard Frog Pickerel Frog Green Frog Mink Frog Bullfrog

ELC Community Classes SW, MA, FE, BO, OA and SA.

Wetlands and pools (including vernal pools) >500m2 (about 25m diameter) ccvii isolated from woodlands (>120m), supporting high species diversity are significant; some small or ephemeral habitats may not be identified on MNR mapping and could be important amphibian breeding habitats clxxxiv.

Presence of shrubs and logs increase significance of pond for some amphibian species because of available structure for calling, foraging, escape and concealment from predators.

Bullfrogs require permanent water bodies with abundant emergent vegetation.

Information Sources Ontario Herpetofaunal Summary Atlas (or other similar atlases) Canadian Wildlife Service Amphibian Road Surveys and

Backyard Amphibian Call Count. OMNR Ecologist or Biologist may know of populations, wetland

evaluations may be a good source of information.. Use maps or aerial photography to locate marsh habitat. Reports and other information available from CAs.

Studies confirm: Presence of breeding population of 1or more of the

listed salamander species or 3 or more of the listed frog or toad species and with at least 20 breeding individuals (adults, juveniles, eggs/larval masses)

lxxi, lxxiii or; Wetland with confirmed breeding Bullfrogs are

significantÍ. The ELC ecosite wetland area and the shoreline are

the SWH. Surveys to confirm breeding to be completed during

spring (Apr to June) when amphibians are migrating, calling and breeding within the wetland habitats.

If a SWH is determined for Amphibian Breeding Habitat (Wetlands) then Movement Corridors are to be considered as outlined in Table 1.4.1 of this Schedule.

SWHDSS cxlix Index #15 provides development effects and mitigation measures.

A number of candidate wetland/pond habitats were surveyed using multiple methods from 2008-2011 (i.e. spring calling amphibian surveys, road/mortality surveys, pitfall and pond trapping surveys). Breeding populations of most of the listed species (except Eastern Newt, Pickerel Frog and Mink Frog) were recorded at numerous locations within the DSA or in the portion of the GSA where detailed field surveys were undertaken, typically in excess of 20 individuals. The following locations had confirmed breeding of 1 or more listed salamander species and/or 3 or more species with at least 20 individuals in suitable habitat (MAM, SAS, SAF, SWT): 1. VP1 (WSU 4), VP2 (WSU 6), VP3 (WSU 2), VP4 /

VP5 (WSU 3) 2. Barrie’s Lake (WSU 8). Note that Bullfrog breeding

was confirmed in Barrie’s Lake. Conclusion: criterion met for WSU 2, 3, 6 and 8

Page 110: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Significant Wildlife Habitat Evaluation

ECOPLANS Page K-17

1.3 HABITAT FOR SPECIES OF CONSERVATION CONCERN (NOT INCLUDING ENDANGERED OR THREATENED SPECIES) Habitats of Species of Conservation Concern include wildlife species that are listed as Special Concern or rare, that are declining, or are featured species. Habitats of Species of Conservation Concern do not include habitats of Endangered or Threatened species as identified by the Endangered Species Act 2007. Table 1.3 assists with the identification of SWH for Species of Conservation Concern.

Table 1.3. Habitats of Species of Conservation Concern considered SWH.

Wildlife Species CANDIDATE SWH CONFIRMED SWH

Evaluation ELC Ecosite Habitat Criteria and Information Sources Defining Criteria

31. Marsh Breeding Bird Habitat Rationale; Wetlands for these bird species are typically productive and fairly rare in Southern Ontario landscapes.

American Bittern Virginia Rail Sora Common Moorhen American Coot Pied-billed Grebe Marsh Wren Sedge Wren Common Loon Sandhill Crane Green Heron Trumpeter Swan Special Concern: Black Tern Yellow Rail

MAM1 MAM2 MAM3 MAM4 MAM5 MAM6 SAS1 SAM1 SAF1 FEO1 BOO1 For Green Heron: All SW, MA and CUM1 sites.

Nesting occurs in wetlands. All wetland habitat is to be considered as long as there

is shallow water with emergent aquatic vegetation present cxxiv.

For Green Heron, habitat is at the edge of water such as sluggish streams, ponds and marshes sheltered by shrubs and trees. Less frequently, it may be found in upland shrubs or forest a considerable distance from water.

Information Sources Contact OMNR, wetland evaluations are a good

source of information. Local naturalist clubs NHIC Records. Reports and other information available from CAs. Ontario Breeding Bird Atlas ccv.

Studies confirm: Presence of 5 or more nesting pairs of Sedge

Wren or Marsh Wren or 1 pair of Sandhill Cranes; or breeding by any combination of 5 or more of the listed species Í.

Note: any wetland with breeding of 1 or more Black Terns, Trumpeter Swan, Green Heron or Yellow Rail is SWH Í.

Area of the ELC ecosite is the SWH. Breeding surveys should be done in

May/June when these species are actively nesting in wetland habitats.

Evaluation methods to follow “Bird and Bird Habitats: Guidelines for Wind Power Projects”ccxi

SWHDSS cxlix Index #35 provides development effects and mitigation measures

Abundant suitable ELC vegetation community types are present within the wetland / pond areas in the DSA and GSA (e.g. MAM2 and MAM3) Evidence of breeding was recorded for 9 of the listed species (with abundance; breeding evidence):

American Coot (2; possible) Common Moorhen (7; confirmed) Green Heron (1; possible)

Marsh Wren (2; probable) Pied-billed Grebe (9; confirmed) Sandhill Crane (3; probable) Sora (4; probable) Virginia Rail (5; probable) Trumpeter Swan (5; confirmed)

Conclusion: criterion met for WSU 2 (8 spp. + Trumpeter Swan), WSU 3 (7 spp. + Sandhill Crane + Trumpeter Swan) and WSU 8 (5 spp. + Sandhill Crane + Trumpeter Swan). Note: criterion nearly met for WSU 6 (4 spp. including 4 + nesting pairs of Common Moorhen, a locally uncommon species)

32. Woodland Area-Sensitive Bird Breeding Habitat Rationale: Large, natural blocks of mature woodland habitat within the settled areas of Southern Ontario are important habitats for area sensitive interior forest song birds.

Yellow-bellied Sapsucker Red-breasted Nuthatch Veery Blue-headed Vireo Northern Parula Black-throated Green Warbler Blackburnian Warbler Black-throated Blue Warbler Ovenbird Scarlet Tanager Winter Wren Special Concern: Cerulean Warbler Canada Warbler

All Ecosites associated with these ELC Community Series; FOC FOM FOD SWC SWM SWD

Habitats where interior forest breeding birds are breeding, typically large mature (>60 yrs old) forest stands or woodlots >30 ha. cv, cxxxi, cxxxii, cxxxiii, cxxxiv, cxxxv, cxxxvi, cxxxvii, cxxxviii, cxxxix, cxl, cxli, cxlii, cxliii, cxliv, cxlv, cxlvi, cl, cli, clii, cliii, cliv, clv, clvi, clvii, clviii, clix,

Interior forest habitat is at least 200 m from forest edge habitat.

Information Sources Ask local birders for local forests that support

abundant and species-rich populations of area-sensitive species.

Canadian Wildlife Service (CWS) for the location of forest bird monitoring sites and names of volunteers who might assist the planning authority in locating important areas.

Bird Studies Canada conducted a 3-year study of 287 woodlands to determine the effects of forest fragmentation on forest birds and to determine what forests were of greatest value to interior species

Reports and other information available from CAs.

Studies confirm: Presence of nesting or breeding pairs of 3

or more of the listed wildlife species. Í Note: any site with breeding Cerulean

Warblers or Canada Warblers is to be considered SWH.Í

Conduct field investigations in spring and early summer when birds are singing and defending their territories.

Evaluation methods to follow “Bird and Bird Habitats: Guidelines for Wind Power Projects”ccxi

SWHDSS cxlix Index #34 provides development effects and mitigation measures.

Suitable mature forest / swamp is present in WSU 1 (i.e. mature native woodland with forest interior – assuming 200 m buffer). Additional suitable habitat is found in WSU 4 (mature woodland with forest interior – assuming 100m buffer) and in the rare lands in the north portion of the GSA.

Evidence of breeding was recorded for 5 of the listed species (with abundance; breeding evidence):

Black-throated Green Warbler (1; possible) Canada Warbler (1; possible) Scarlet Tanager (2; probable) Veery (1; possible) Winter Wren (2; possible)

Most were recorded in WSU 1 (5 spp.), with single species recorded in WSU 2 and WSU 4. Conclusion: criterion met for WSU1 (assuming that any species in recorded in suitable habitat during the breeding season should be considered a ‘breeder’).

Page 111: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Significant Wildlife Habitat Evaluation

ECOPLANS Page K-18

Wildlife Species CANDIDATE SWH CONFIRMED SWH

Evaluation ELC Ecosite Habitat Criteria and Information Sources Defining Criteria

33. Open Country Bird Breeding Habitat Rationale; This wildlife habitat is declining throughout Ontario and North America. Species such as the Upland Sandpiper have declined significantly the past 40 years based on CWS (2004) trend records.

Upland Sandpiper Grasshopper Sparrow Vesper Sparrow Northern Harrier Savannah Sparrow Special Concern Short-eared Owl

CUM1 CUM2

Large grassland areas (includes natural and cultural fields and meadows) >30 ha clx, clxi, clxii, clxiii, clxiv, clxv, clxvi, clxvii, clxviii,

clxix. Grasslands not Class 1 or 2 agricultural lands, and not being actively used for farming (i.e. no row cropping or intensive hay or livestock pasturing in the last 5 years) Í. Grassland sites considered significant should have a history of longevity, either abandoned fields, mature hayfields and pasturelands that are at least 5 years or older.

The Indicator bird species are area sensitive requiring larger grassland areas than the common grassland species. Information Sources Use Agricultural land classification maps with aerial

photographs to determine the potential grasslands that might be candidate sites.

Ask local birders for location of grasslands that support abundant and species rich populations of area-sensitive species.

Ontario Breeding Bird Atlas ccv Reports and other information available from CAs.

Field Studies confirm: Presence of nesting or breeding of 2 or

more of the listed species.Í A field with 1 or more breeding Short-

eared Owls is to be considered SWH. The area of SWH is the contiguous ELC

ecosite field areas. Conduct field investigations of the most

likely areas in spring and early summer when birds are singing and defending their territories.

Evaluation methods to follow “Bird and Bird Habitats: Guidelines for Wind Power Projects”ccxi

SWHDSS cxlix Index #32 provides development effects and mitigation measures

Suitable grassland habitat is not present within the DSA. Grassland / cultural meadow habitat is restricted to narrow strips abutting woodland / wetland. Two of the listed species were recorded:

Savannah Sparrow (3; probable); Vesper Sparrow (2; confirmed).

Conclusion: criterion is not met

34. Shrub/Early Successional Bird Breeding Habitat Rationale; This wildlife habitat is declining throughout Ontario and North America. The Brown Thrasher has declined significantly over the past 40 years based on CWS (2004) trend records cxcix.

Indicator Spp: Brown Thrasher Clay-coloured Sparrow Common Spp. Field Sparrow Black-billed Cuckoo Eastern Towhee Willow Flycatcher Special Concern: Yellow-breasted Chat Golden-winged Warbler

CUT1 CUT2 CUS1 CUS2 CUW1 CUW2 Patches of shrub ecosites can be complexed into a larger habitat for some bird species

Large field areas succeeding to shrub and thicket habitats>10haclxiv in size. Shrub land or early successional fields, not class 1 or 2 agricultural lands, not being actively used for farming (i.e. no row-cropping, haying or live-stock pasturing in the last 5 years) Í. Shrub thicket habitats (>10 ha) are most likely to support and sustain a diversity of these species clxxiii. Shrub and thicket habitat sites considered significant should have a history of longevity, either abandoned fields or pasturelands.

Information Sources Use agricultural land classification maps and recent

aerial photographs to determine the amount of potential shrub and thicket habitats.

Ask local birders for location of shrub and thicket habitats that support abundant and species rich populations of area-sensitive species.

Ontario Breeding Bird Atlas ccv Reports and other information available from CAs

Field Studies confirm: Presence of nesting or breeding of 1 of the

indicator species and at least 2 of the common species.Í

A field with breeding Yellow-breasted Chat or Golden-winged Warbler is to be considered as Significant Wildlife Habitat. Í

The area of the SWH is the contiguous ELC ecosite field/thicket area.

Conduct field investigations of the most likely areas in spring and early summer when birds are singing and defending their territories

Evaluation methods to follow “Bird and Bird Habitats: Guidelines for Wind Power Projects”ccxi

SWHDSS cxlix Index #33 provides development effects and mitigation measures.

Large fields of suitable shrub/early successional habitat are not present within the DSA; habitat is restricted to narrow strips/edges, gaps and small blocks. Two of the listed species were recorded, none as confirmed nesters in the DSA:

Black-billed Cuckoo (1; probable); Brown Thrasher (1; possible) Willow Flycatcher (3; probable).

Conclusion: criterion is not met

Page 112: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Significant Wildlife Habitat Evaluation

ECOPLANS Page K-19

Wildlife Species CANDIDATE SWH CONFIRMED SWH

Evaluation ELC Ecosite Habitat Criteria and Information Sources Defining Criteria

35. Terrestrial Crayfish Rationale: Terrestrial Crayfish are only found within SW Ontario in Canada and their habitats are very rare. ccii

Chimney or Digger Crayfish; (Fallicambarus fodiens) Devil Crawfish or Meadow Crayfish; (Cambarus Diogenes)

MAM1 MAM2 MAM3 MAM4 MAM5 MAM6 MAS1 MAS2 MAS3

Meadow and edges of shallow marshes (no minimum size) identified should be surveyed for terrestrial crayfish. Constructs burrows in marshes, mudflats, meadows,

the ground can’t be too moist. Can often be found far from water.

Both species are a semi-terrestrial burrower which spends most of its life within burrows consisting of a network of tunnels. Usually the soil is not too moist so that the tunnel is well formed.

Information Sources Information sources from “Conservation Status of

Freshwater Crayfishes” by Dr. Premek Hamr for the WWF and CNF March 1998

Studies Confirm: Presence of 1 or more individuals of

species listed or their chimneys (burrows) in suitable marsh meadow or terrestrial sites cci

Area of ELC Ecosite polygon is the SWH Surveys should be done during adult

breeding season (April to late June) and in late summer-early August in nearby temporary or permanent water for juveniles. Note the presence of burrows or chimneys are often the only indicator of presence, observance or collection of individuals is very difficult cci

SWHDSS cxlix Index #36 provides development effects and mitigation measures.

Potentially suitable habitat present along marsh margins in the DSA/GSA. No terrestrial crayfish or burrows were recorded during field surveys. Conclusion: criterion is not met

36. Special Concern and Rare Wildlife Species Rationale: These species are quite rare or have experienced significant population declines in Ontario.

All Special Concern and Provincially Rare (S1-S3, SH) plant and animal species. Lists of these species are tracked by the Natural Heritage Information Centre.

All plant and animal element occurrences (EO) within a 1 or 10km grid. Older element occurrences were recorded prior to GPS being available, therefore location information may lack accuracy

When an element occurrence is identified within a 1 or 10 km grid for a Special Concern or provincially Rare species; linking candidate habitat on the site needs to be completed to ELC Ecosites lxxviii

Information Sources Natural Heritage Information Centre will have the

Special Concern and Provincially Rare (S1-S3, SH) species lists and element occurrences for these species.

NHIC Website: Biodiversity Explorer https://www.biodiversityexplorer.mnr.gov.on.ca/nhicWEB/mainSubmit.do

Ontario Breeding Bird Atlas ccv Expert advice should be sought as many of the rare

spp. have little information available about their requirements.

Studies Confirm: Assessment/inventory of the site for the

identified special concern or rare species needs to be completed during the time of year when the species is present or easily identifiable.

Habitat form and function needs to be assessed from the assessment of vegetation types and an area of significant habitat that protects the rare or special concern species identified.

The area of the habitat to the finest ELC scale that protects the habitat form and function is the SWH, this must be delineated through detailed field studies.

SWHDSS cxlix Index #37 provides development effects and mitigation measures.

The following S1-S3 or SC species were recorded:

Flora: Butternut (S3); Hill’s Oak (S3); Pignut Hickory (S3)

Avifauna: Least Bittern (S3); Trumpeter Swan (S2S3); Canada Warbler (SC)

Herpetofauna: Snapping Turtle (SC)

Insects - with critical habitat elements:

o Monarch (SC): meadow/open areas with nectar / food plants (i.e. Milkweed).

o Common Sootywing (S3S4): open agri. areas with legumes (e.g. soybeans), a crop typically abundant in the local landscape. Common Sootywing is common / widespread within agricultural matrices in S. Ont. (pers obs.).

o Giant Swallowtail (S3): forest edges with Prickly Ash. Likely no single habitat aspect of the DSA is critical for this species, apart from presence of Prickly Ash. Likely wanders widely to nectar.

o Tawny Emperor (S2S3): forest edges with nectaring sites and Hackberry. A single hackberry tree can support a colony of this species, even within an urbanized environment (pers obs). Hackberry trees that are part of the broader woodland component [forest edges], as opposed to those in hedgerows or other isolated locations, probably will serve as more successful breeding sites.

o Spatterdock Darner (S1): Barrie’s Lake is the critical local habitat (large kettle lake with extensive spatterdock), with nearby lands used for foraging and dispersal. This species will use the agri. lands and woodland / open area interfaces to forage, with wetlands probably used for some foraging.

o Unicorn Clubtail (S2S3) and Amber-winged Spreadwing (S3): large, diverse wetlands (e.g. WSU 2, 3, 6 and 8). Based on more recent and thorough surveys, Unicorn Clubtail has proven to be not uncommon in southern Ontario (pers. Obs.), using small mud bottomed ponds, often man-made, as well as various other, non-specialized wetland habitats.

o Swamp Darner (S2S3) and Harlequin Darner (S3): mature mixed swamp

Page 113: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Significant Wildlife Habitat Evaluation

ECOPLANS Page K-20

Wildlife Species CANDIDATE SWH CONFIRMED SWH

Evaluation ELC Ecosite Habitat Criteria and Information Sources Defining Criteria

woodland with standing dead trees (i.e. WSU 4 – the Rare ‘hogsback’ and, to a lesser extent, WSU 1). For both species, the large, intact RARE woodland (WSU 4) is probably responsible for observations during the current study. These species likely breed within the swamp habitats in WSU 4, with occurrence elsewhere in the DSA largely restricted to dispersing / foraging individuals. The extent of suitable habitat within the DSA is very limited (small portion of WSU 1 – but none were observed in that unit).

o The recorded butterflies are dependent on food plant presence, rather than specific habitat types.

Mammals: none

Conclusion: criterion is met for:

WSU 1 (Butternut, Pignut Hickory, Canada Warbler, Giant Swallowtail, Monarch, Spatterdock Darner)

WSU 2 (Trumpeter Swan, Monarch, Snapping Turtle)

WSU 3 (Hill’s Oak, Least Bittern, Trumpeter Swan, Common Sootywing, Monarch, Amber-winged Spreadwing, Snapping Turtle)

WSU 4 (Common Sootywing, Giant Swallowtail, Tawny Emperor, Monarch, Swamp Darner, Harlequin Darner)

WSU 6 (Monarch, Snapping Turtle)

WSU 8 (Trumpeter Swan, Hill’s Oak, Monarch, Spatterdock Darner, Unicorn Clubtail, Snapping Turtle)

SWH can be delineated for those occurrences associated with a defined ELC vegetation type (i.e. flora within a distinct woodland / wetland habitat, breeding habitat for avifauna or insects). Where ELC vegetation communities cannot be classified / delineated, SWH does not apply (e.g. for Hill’s Oak hedgerow trees or insect foraging areas in active agricultural lands).

Page 114: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Significant Wildlife Habitat Evaluation

ECOPLANS Page K-21

1.4 ANIMAL MOVEMENT CORRIDORS Animal Movement Corridors are elongated areas used by wildlife to move from one habitat to another. They are important to ensure genetic diversity in populations, to allow seasonal migration of animals (e.g. deer moving from summer to winter range) and to allow animals to move throughout their home range from feeding areas to cover areas. Animal movement corridors function at different scales often related to the size and home range of the animal. For example, short, narrow areas of natural habitat may function as a corridor between amphibian breeding areas and their summer range, while wider, longer corridors are needed to allow deer to travel from their winter habitat to their summer habitat. Identifying the most important corridors that provide connectivity across the landscape is challenging because of a lack of specific information on animal movements. There is also some uncertainty about the optimum width and mortality risks of corridors. Furthermore, a corridor may be beneficial for some species but detrimental to others. For example, narrow linear corridors may allow increased access for racoons, cats, and other predators. Also, narrow corridors dominated by edge habitat may encourage invasion by weedy generalist plants and opportunistic species of birds and mammals. Corridors often consist of naturally vegetated areas that run through more open or developed landscapes. However, sparsely vegetated areas can also function as corridors. For example, many species move freely through agricultural land to reach natural areas. Despite the difficulty of identifying exact movement corridors for all species, these landscape features are important to the long-term viability of certain wildlife populations. Animal Movement Corridors should only be identified as SWH where: Where a Confirmed or Candidate SWH has been identified by MNR or the planning authority based on documented evidence of a habitat identified within these Criterion Schedules or the Significant Wildlife Habitat Technical Guide. The identified wildlife habitats Table 1.4.1 will have distinct passageways or rely on well defined natural features for movements between habitats required by the species to complete its life cycle.

Table 1.4.1 Animal Movement Corridors

Habitat SPECIES CANDIDATE SWH CONFIRMED SWH Evaluation

ELC Eco-sites Habitat Criteria and Information Sources Defining Criteria

37. Amphibian Movement Corridors Rationale; Movement corridors for amphibians moving from their terrestrial habitat to breeding habitat can be extremely important for local populations.

Eastern Newt Blue-spotted Salamander Spotted Salamander Gray Treefrog Spring Peeper Western Chorus Frog Wood Frog

Corridors may be found in all ecosites associated with water. Corridors will be

determined based on identifying the significant breeding habitat for these species in Table 1.1

Movement corridors between breeding habitat and summer habitat clxxiv, clxxv, clxxvi, clxxvii, clxxviii, clxxix, clxxx,

clxxxi. Movement corridors must be determined when Amphibian breeding habitat is confirmed as SWH from Table 1.2.2 (Amphibian Breeding Habitat –Wetland) of this Schedule Í. Information Sources

MNR District Office. NHIC. Reports and other information available from CAs. Naturalist Clubs.

Field Studies must be conducted at the time of year when species are expected to be migrating or entering breeding sites.

Corridors should consist of native vegetation, roadless area, no gaps such as fields, waterways or bodies, and undeveloped areas are most significantcxlix

Corridors should be at least 200m widecxlix with gaps <20mcxlix and if following riparian area with at least 15m of vegetation on both sides of waterwaycxlix . Shorter corridors are more significant than longer corridors, however amphibians must be able to get to and from their summer and breeding habitatcxlix.

SWHDSS cxlix Index #40 provides development effects and mitigation measures

Evidence of amphibian movement (anurans and salamanders) was recorded in several areas within the DSA / GSA. All listed species were recorded, with the exception of Eastern Newt. In addition to assumed movement within contiguous natural areas (e.g. wetland – woodland – meadow), movement between the following areas was recorded:

Between Barrie’s Lake and WSU 2 / 3 Between WSU 2/3 and WSU 6 (radial dispersal) Between WSU 1 and WSU 6 (radial dispersal) Between WSU 4 and lands to the west

In all cases, this movement occurred across active croplands /roads and was not within a defined movement corridor. The most abundant species captured / recorded in those areas were: Blue-spotted Salamander (max. 178), American Toad (max. 291), Northern Leopard Frog (max. 471) and Green Frog (max. 54). Relatively small numbers of Bullfrog, Chorus Frog, Gray Treefrog, Spring Peeper, Wood Frog and Spotted Salamander were recorded (max. < 31). Conclusion: Criterion is met for the above listed areas, but not within a defined map-able corridor

Page 115: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Significant Wildlife Habitat Evaluation

ECOPLANS Page K-22

Habitat SPECIES CANDIDATE SWH CONFIRMED SWH Evaluation

ELC Eco-sites Habitat Criteria and Information Sources Defining Criteria

38. Deer Movement Corridors Rationale: Corridors important for all species to be able to access seasonally important life-cycle habitats or to access new habitat for dispersing individuals by minimizing their vulnerability while travelling.

White-tailed Deer

Corridors may be found in all forested ecosites. A Project Proposal in Stratum II Deer Wintering Area has potential to contain corridors.

Movement corridor must be determined when Deer Wintering Habitat is confirmed as SWH from Table 1.1 from Table 1.2.2 of this schedule. Í A deer wintering habitat identified by the

OMNR as SWH in Table 1.1 of this Schedule will have corridors that the deer use during fall migration and spring dispersion clxxxii, clxxxiii, cxlix,

cxciv. Corridors typically follow riparian areas,

woodlots, areas of physical geography (ravines, or ridges).

Information Sources MNR District Office. NHIC. Reports and other information available from

CAs. Naturalist Clubs.

Studies must be conducted at the time of year when deer are migrating or moving to and from winter concentration areas .

Corridors that lead to a deer wintering yard should be unbroken by roads and residential areas.

Corridors should be at least 200m widecxlix with gaps <20mcxlix and if following riparian area with at least 15m of vegetation on both sides of waterwaycxlix . Shorter corridors are more significant than longer corridors, cxlix.

SWHDSS cxlix Index #39 provides development effects and mitigation measures

No Core Deer Yards (i.e. Stratum 1) or confirmed Deer Wintering Habitat are identified by MNR within the DSA

Based on field surveys, deer are present throughout the DSA in relatively low numbers (small groups / individuals observed, minor trails, limited browse)

Conclusion: criterion is not met

Page 116: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Significant Wildlife Habitat Evaluation

ECOPLANS Page K-23

1.5 EXCEPTIONS FOR ECOREGION 6E Exceptions are candidate wildlife habitats that will have different criteria than what is proposed in the above schedules for an area within the Eco-region. The Exceptions will be based on Eco-Districts and municipalities can apply the exception for the eco-district within their planning area Table 1.5.1 Significant Wildlife Habitat Exceptions for Ecodistricts within EcoRegion 6E

EcoDistrict Wildlife Habitat and Species

Candidate SWH Confirmed SWH Evaluation

Ecosites Habitat Description Habitat Criteria and Information Defining Criteria

6E-14 Rationale: The Bruce Peninsula has an isolated and distinct population of black bears. Maintenance of large woodland tracts with mast-producing tree species is important for bears. clxxxvi, ccxvii

Mast Producing Areas Black Bear

All Forested habitat represented by ELC Community Series: FOM FOD

Black bears require forested habitat that provides cover, winter hibernation sites, and mast-producing tree species. clxxxv, clxxxvii, clxxxviii, clxxxix, cxc, cxci, cxcii, cxciii, ccxvii

Forested habitats need to be large enough to provide cover and protection for black bears ccxvii.

Woodland ecosites >30ha with mast-producing tree species, either soft (cherry) or hard (oak and beech), Information Sources Important forest habitat for black bears may be identified by OMNR.

All woodlands > 30 ha with a 50% composition of these ELC VegetationÍ Types are considered significant:

FOM1-1 FOM2-1 FOM3-1 FOD1-1 FOD1-2 FOD2-1 FOD2-2 FOD2-3 FOD2-4 FOD4-1 FOD5-2 FOD5-3 FOD5-7 FOD6-5 SWHDSS cxlix Index #3 provides development effects and mitigation measures.

n/a

6E- 17 Rationale: Sharp-tailed grouse only occur on Manitoulin Island in Eco-region 6E, Leks are an important habitat to maintain their population

Lek Sharp-tailed Grouse

CUM CUS CUT

The lek or dancing ground consists of bare, grassy or sparse shrubland. There is often a hill or rise in topographyccxix.

Leks are typically a grassy field/meadow >15ha with adjacent shrublands and >30ha with adjacent deciduous woodland. Conifer trees within 500m are not tolerated. ccxix

Grasslands (field/meadow) are to be >15ha when adjacent to shrubland and >30ha when adjacent to deciduous woodlandccxix. Grasslands are to be undisturbed with low intensities of agriculture (light grazing or late haying) Leks will be used annually if not destroyed by cultivation or invasion by woody plants or tree planingccxix Information Sources OMNR district office Bird watching clubs Local landowners Ontario Breeding Bird Atlas ccv

Studies confirming lek habitat are to be completed from late March to June. Any site confirmed with sharp-tailed

grouse courtship activities is considered significantÍ

The field/meadow ELC ecosites plus a 200 m radius area with shrub or deciduous woodland is the lek habitatÍ

SWHDSS cxlix Index #32 provides development effects and mitigation measures

n/a

Page 117: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

APPENDIX L – OLD GROWTH FOREST ASSESSMENT

Page 118: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Natural Environment – Old Growth Assessment

Page L-1 ECOPLANS

1.0 Introduction

The old growth status of the forest stands within the DSA, and the portions of the GSA where field

surveys were undertaken, was initially assessed in early 2012 with reference to the Old Growth Forest

criterion for Site Region 6E, as presented in Schedule 2.2.1 of the Significant Wildlife Habitat Ecoregion

Criteria Schedules, Addendum to Significant Wildlife Habitat Technical Guide, (OMNR 2009). At that

time, the stated OMNR rationale for considering old growth forest as significant wildlife habitat was that

old growth forest is “rare in southern Ontario”.

The OMNR criteria for identifying Old Growth Forest in Site Region 6E at that time were the following:

No minimum size to site;

If the dominant tree species of ELC Vegetation Type are >100 years old, then the stand is

Significant Wildlife Habitat;

Human activity within the stand must be minimal.

In February 2012, the OMNR released a revised draft of the Significant Wildlife Habitat Ecoregion

Criteria Schedules, Addendum to Significant Wildlife Habitat Technical Guide, (OMNR 2012). The

attributes of old growth stands and criteria for identifying old growth forest in Site Region 6E in the

revised draft schedule are the following:

Candidate stands are 30 ha or greater in size with at least 10 ha of interior habitat, assuming a

100 m buffer at the edge of the forest;

If the dominant tree species in the ecosite are >140 years old, then the stand is Significant

Wildlife habitat;

The stand has no recognizable forest activities;

The area of the Forest Ecosites that are combined to make up the stand is the Significant

Wildlife Habitat;

The proponent will identify the ELC Vegetation Type for the forest stand.

Based on the revised criteria (OMNR 2012), the study area does not contain Old Growth Forest since the

forest stands are not large enough to satisfy the criteria for forest size and for forest interior habitat.

Although selected trees in the study area may approach 140 years of age (especially Sugar Maple and

White Oak trees >70 cm dbh), the typical age of the older trees is likely closer to 100 years of age.

Therefore, the stands are not old enough to satisfy the revised criterion for age.

Page 119: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Natural Environment – Old Growth Assessment

Page L-2 ECOPLANS

The following text presents the old growth assessment that was conducted in February 2012. That

assessment concluded that a portion of the forest in the study area warrants classification as Old Growth

Forest, based on the criteria presented in OMNR 2009. This assessment has been retained since it

provides additional characterization of forest attributes and evidence that portions of the forest contain

trees that are older than typically found in southern Ontario; hence, these areas possess conservation value

as forest stands with emerging old growth conditions.

2.0 Methodology

Further direction regarding the application of the 2009 guideline was obtained from Mr. Graham Buck,

SAR Biologist, OMNR, Guelph District Office (telephone conversation 3 February 2012). Ecoplans

subsequently retrieved and examined the Forest Resource Inventory (FRI) stand map for the area (map

sheet 434802 S/E, OMNR 1978) to determine the approximate age of the forest in 1978. Forest stands ≥

67 years old in 1978 were deemed to be candidate stands for further assessment since the dominant trees

in such stands (in the absence of disturbance) would be approximately 100 years old in 2011.

Further guidance regarding the application of the guideline was obtained from Mr. Bohdan Kowalyk,

District Forester, OMNR, Aurora District office (13 February 2012). Mr. Kowalyk advised that the

estimate of error associated with a given FRI stand age is approximately +/- 20 years. Mr. Kowalyk

further advised that stands in which at least 4 trees ≥ 40 cm dbh were present in a standard (2x prism)

prism sweep, or stands in which at least 1 tree ≥ 50 cm dbh was present in a standard (2x prism) prism

sweep, would satisfy the criterion for “old growth” in Ecoregion 6E. This number and size of trees in the

prism sweep should be representative of the portion of the stand that is being assessed for “old growth”

status. Tree cores should be taken to confirm the age of the trees since the diameter at breast height (dbh)

is not an absolute indicator of age owing to inherent differences in growth rates among species and to site

influences that may suppress (or accelerate) diameter growth.

A site inspection was conducted on 23 February 2012 to characterize the stand structure of the forests of

interest and to identify recent disturbance. Prism sweeps were taken to characterize the diameter of the

trees in representative portions of each stand and in the portions of each stand with the largest trees.

Within each prism sweep, the dbh of all stems ≥ 40 cm was measured with a diameter tape. The size and

species of each stem were recorded in each of the following size classes with reference to the Ecological

Land Classification (ELC) protocol (Lee et al. 1998): 3-10 cm dbh; 10-25 cm dbh; 25-50 cm dbh, >50 cm

dbh. The FRI stands were examined by an irregular walk through areas of apparent difference in species

Page 120: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Natural Environment – Old Growth Assessment

Page L-3 ECOPLANS

composition and tree size. A prism sweep was not taken in FRI Stand #188 owing to the small diameter

of the trees. The site inspection lasted approximately 7.0 hours.

Tree cores were not taken to confirm age.

3.0 Results

3.1 Forest Resource Inventory

Figure 1 presents an extract from FRI map sheet 434802 S/E for the forest patch that extends northerly

from Blenheim Road along the west side of the CPR tracks (i.e. stands #186 and 187; WSU 1) and east

side of the CPR tracks (i.e. stand #188). The estimated age of the forest in FRI stand #186 in 1978 was

65 years (98 years in 2011). The estimated age of the forest in FRI stand #187 in 1978 was 70 years (103

years in 2011). The estimated age of the forest in FRI stand #188 in 1978 was 38 years (71 years in

2011).

Figure 2 presents an extract from FRI map sheet 434802 S/E for the north end of the wetland/forest patch

that extends northerly from Blenheim Road to the RARE property in the central portion of the project

area (WSU 4). The estimated age of the forest in FRI stand #183 was 70 years (103 years in 2011). The

estimated age of the treed swamp in 1978 in FRI stand #184 was 40 years (73 years in 2011).

3.2 Prism Sweep Assessment

Thirteen prism sweeps were taken during the site inspection. The location of each prism sweep is

presented in Figure 3. A summary of the number trees ≥ 40 cm dbh recorded in each prism sweep is

presented in Table 1.

Page 121: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Natural Environment – Old Growth Assessment

Page L-4 ECOPLANS

Figure L-1. FRI stands #187, #188, #186 on east side of Cambridge West DSA (extract from Forest Resource Inventory map sheet 434802 S/E, Department Lands and Forest 1978).

Page 122: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Natural Environment – Old Growth Assessment

Page L-5 ECOPLANS

Figure L-2. FRI stands #183 and #184 at north end of the wetland-forest complex that occupies the west-central portion of the Cambridge West GSA. Image is an extract from Forest Resource Inventory map sheet 434802 S/E, Department Lands and Forests 1978.

Page 123: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Natural Environment – Old Growth Assessment

Page L-6 ECOPLANS

Page 124: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Natural Environment – Old Growth Assessment

Page L-7 ECOPLANS

Table L-1. Prism Sweep Assessment Cambridge West 23 February 2012

FRI Stand #

Prism Sweep # Easting Northing Species DBH

(cm) # Stems ≥ 40 cm dbh # Stems ≥ 50 cm dbh

187 1 553704 4801089 7 4 White Pine 45.5 Red Oak 65.4

White Oak

44.2 47.0 64.7 68.1 69.3

187 2 553721 4801133 9 9 Sugar Maple 52.7

Red Oak 74.4 78.2

103.8

White Oak

59.2 51.4 51.7 55.3 56.0

187 3 553731 4801240 12 9

Basswood 43.5 52.7 59.3

Sugar Maple 46.5 62.7 71.3

Red Oak

49.0 57.9 63.1 70.4 81.2

White Oak 80.5

Page 125: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Natural Environment – Old Growth Assessment

Page L-8 ECOPLANS

Table L-1. Prism Sweep Assessment Cambridge West 23 February 2012

FRI Stand #

Prism Sweep # Easting Northing Species DBH

(cm) # Stems ≥ 40 cm dbh # Stems ≥ 50 cm dbh

187 4 553713 4801330 5 2 White Ash 49.8

Red Oak 47.5 59.2 68.0

White Oak 43.3 187 5 553570 4801570 4 3

Basswood 52.6 Sugar Maple 46.5

Red Oak 51.8 56.2

186 1 553693 4801511 10 6

Sugar Maple

42.3 48.3 48.5 49.0 50.2 53.0 53.8 55.4 58.8 76.3

186 2 553706 4801757 9 6 Red Ash 56.0

American Beech 44.9 65.5

Sugar Maple

44.3 44.5 56.0 57.5 57.8

Page 126: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Natural Environment – Old Growth Assessment

Page L-9 ECOPLANS

Table L-1. Prism Sweep Assessment Cambridge West 23 February 2012

FRI Stand #

Prism Sweep # Easting Northing Species DBH

(cm) # Stems ≥ 40 cm dbh # Stems ≥ 50 cm dbh

76.7 184 1 552606 4802424 0 0 183 1 552694 4802431 7 4

Sugar Maple

42.6 44.8 47.4 55.3

White Pine 55.9 Red Oak 76.0 White Oak 55.9

183 2 552422 4801760 3 2

Sugar Maple 43.4 54.4

White Oak 53.3 183 3 N.R. N.R. 4 4

American Beech 60.4 Sugar Maple 57.7 White Pine 57.9 Red Oak 57.7

183 4 552572 4802313 5 3 American Beech 49.9 Black Cherry 42.3 Red Maple 53.3

Sugar Maple 52.3 66.1

183 5 552391 4801871 4 0

Red Oak

43.7 44.3 46.8 48.3

Page 127: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Natural Environment – Old Growth Assessment

Page L-10 ECOPLANS

FRI Stand # 187

The forest in the southern and central portion of this stand is dominated by large Red Oak, White Oak,

Sugar Maple and Basswood trees. Thirty-four (34) trees ≥ 40 cm dbh were recorded in 4 prism sweeps in

this portion of the stand: Red Oak (12 trees), White Oak (12 trees), Sugar Maple (4 trees), Basswood (3

trees), White Pine (1 tree), White Ash (1 tree). The majority of the sampled trees (67.6%) were >50 cm

dbh. The trees on the upper slope and forest edge were typically younger than the trees that were

observed on the middle and lower slopes and on local knolls. The oldest trees were consistently found in

the southern portion of the stand. The northern limit of this pattern was marked by remnants of an east-

west wire fence. An approximate limit of the trees ≥ 40 cm dbh is shown in Figure 1.

The forest in the northern portion of the stand was younger and dominated by Red Ash. One grove of

larger trees (sweep #5) was present in the north tip of the stand. This grove was not typical of the

younger trees in this portion of the stand.

The estimated age of the trees ≥ 40 cm dbh in FRI Stand #187 is approximately 100 years or older. The

trees ≥ 40 cm dbh of the slower growing species, such as Sugar Maple, American Beech and White Oak

are expected to be > 100 years of age, based on tree cores taken recently in North Waterloo by Ecoplans.

The trees ≥ 40 cm dbh of the faster growing species, such as Basswood, White Ash, Ash and White Pine,

may be approximately 100 years of age or somewhat younger, based on recent tree cores taken by

Ecoplans in north Waterloo. Nevertheless, the southern portion of the stand appears to satisfy the age

criterion for “old growth” since one or more large Sugar Maple, American Beech, or White Oak trees (≥

50 cm dbh) were present in each prism sweep.

The approximate limits of continuous and discontinuous “old growth” conditions are shown in Figure 4.

FRI Stand #186:

The forest in the southern portion of this stand is dominated by Sugar Maple with occasional to frequent

Basswood, Red Ash and Red Oak. Trees ≥ 40 cm dbh are present in small groves on local knolls (sweep

#1) and on a lower slope that grades into mixed swamp (FRI Stand #188). The Sugar Maple trees ≥ 50

cm dbh in this portion of the stand are expected to be approximately 100 years old or older, based on

recent tree cores taken by Ecoplans in north Waterloo.

Page 128: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Natural Environment – Old Growth Assessment

Page L-11 ECOPLANS

Figure L-4. Approximate limit of continuous and discontinuous “old growth” forest in FRI stands #186 and #187.

Page 129: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Natural Environment – Old Growth Assessment

Page L-12 ECOPLANS

The central portion of the stand is dominated by a mid-age White Cedar Swamp. The trees in this portion

of the stand are typically less than 40 cm dbh. Provisional sweeps were taken throughout the stand to

determine if groups of 4 or more trees ≥ 40 cm dbh were present. None were observed. The typical trees

in this portion of the stand are expected be less than 100 years old.

The eastern margin of the cedar swamp is bordered by a mature Sugar Maple – American Beech stand

that extends northerly to the wetland polygon shown in Figure 1. Nine trees ≥ 40 cm dbh were present in

the prism sweep that was taken in this portion of the stand (prism sweep #2). This portion of the stand

consistently contains large trees and old growth conditions are present throughout.

The western and northern margins of the stand has been heavily disturbed in the recent past and do not

contain any large trees. Old growth conditions are not present in this portion of the stand.

The approximate limits continuous and discontinuous “old growth” conditions are shown in Figure 4.

FRI Stand 183:

The forest in the north-east corner of this stand is dominated by groves of canopy trees ≥ 40 cm dbh

within a matrix of canopy trees approaching 40 cm dbh. The oldest portion was sampled in prism sweep

#1. Seven trees in this sweep were ≥ 40 cm. The largest stems of the slow growing species (Sugar

Maple, White Oak) were 55.3 and 61.9 cm dbh, respectively, and expected to be 100 years of age or older

based on recent tree cores taken by Ecoplans in North Waterloo. The largest stems of the faster growing

species (Red Oak and White Pine) may approach, but not exceed, 100 years of age based on the presence

of good site conditions in this portion of the stand.

Local groves of Sugar Maple, American Beech, Red Oak, White Oak and White Pine trees ≥ 40 cm dbh

(prism sweeps #2, #3) occur on the ridges that extend into the swamp from the southern field margin in

the eastern portion of the stand. These groves contain at least one tree > 50 cm dbh that is expected to be

100 years of age or older.

The central portion of this stand is a narrow fringe of discontinuous younger trees that borders the field

margin. No trees ≥ 40 cm dbh were observed in this section.

The southern portion of this stand is composed of a maturing stand of Sugar Maple, Ash, Red Oak and

White Pine. Scattered trees that approach or exceed 40 cm dbh are local and rare. The largest trees were

captured in prism sweeps #4 and #5. The large Sugar Maple trees in prism sweep #4 (52.3, 66.1 cm dbh)

Page 130: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Natural Environment – Old Growth Assessment

Page L-13 ECOPLANS

may exceed 100 years of age. The Red Oak and Black Cherry trees < 50 cm dbh may approach but not

likely exceed 100 years of age. The stand has been disturbed by tree cutting and beech bark disease.

In summary, old growth conditions in this stand are locally present in the north-east portion of the stand

and absent elsewhere. The approximate limits of discontinuous “old growth” forest are shown in Figure

5.

FRI Stand 184:

This stand is a young deciduous swamp dominated by Black Ash, Yellow Birch and Red Maple with

occasional trees and groves of White Cedar. Trees ≥ 40 cm dbh are scattered and rare. No groves of

larger diameter trees were observed from the southern and eastern margin of the swamp during the field

survey.

Page 131: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Natural Environment – Old Growth Assessment

Page L-14 ECOPLANS

Figure L-5. Approximate limit of discontinuous “old growth” forest in FRI Stand #183.

Page 132: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Natural Environment – Old Growth Assessment

Page L-15 ECOPLANS

4.0 Conclusions

In summary, isolated trees and groves of trees ≥ 100 years of age are present in the forest stands within

and adjacent to the DSA. The best expressions of apparent “older growth” forest occur on the east side of

the property (WSU 1) in the southern portion of FRI Stand #187 and in the east-central portion of FRI

Stand #186 (Figure 4). The forest in these patches is relatively undisturbed and large canopy trees (≥ 40

cm dbh) are more or less continuously present. The largest trees in these stands (≥ 70 cm dbh) are

typically Red Oak (5 trees) and White Oak (4 trees). The largest Sugar Maple in these patches is 71.3 cm

dbh.

The forests on the rare lands in the GSA also contain isolated trees and groves of trees ≥ 100 years of age.

The best expression of apparent “old growth” forest occurs in the north east corner of FRI Stand #183.

Here the older portions of the stand occur as groves of Sugar Maple, American Beech, and White Oak

trees ≥ 50 cm dbh within a matrix of somewhat younger trees that are approaching 40 cm dbh.

Page 133: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

APPENDIX M – ESPA EVALUATION

Page 134: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP - Draft November 2013 Natural Environment – ESPA Evaluation

ECOPLANS Page M - 1

Evaluation of WSU 2, 3, 4 and 6 Against ESPA Criteria in R.O.P. 7.C.5

As part of the current study, we have evaluated the suite of interrelated habitats in WSU 2, 3, 4, 6

against Region of Waterloo ESPA criteria, as described in Policy 7.C.5 of the Regional Official Plan (2009):

7.C.5. Environmentally Sensitive Policy Areas are regionally significant natural areas that comprise:

a) Provincially significant Life Science Areas of Natural and Scientific Interest, regionally significant

Life Science Areas of Natural and Scientific Interest, or provincially significant Earth Science

Areas of Natural and Scientific Interest; or

b) At least two of the following criteria:

i. Comprise ecological communities deemed unusual, of outstanding quality or particularly

representative regionally, provincially or nationally;

ii. Contain critical habitats which are uncommon or remnants of once extensive habitats

such as old growth forest, forest interior habitat, Carolinian forest, prairie-savanna,

alvars, cliffs, bogs, fens, marl meadows, and cold water streams;

iii. Provide a large area of natural habitat of at least 20 hectares which affords habitat to

species intolerant of human intrusion; or

iv. Provide habitat for organisms native to the Region recognized as nationally, provincially

or regionally significant; or

c) Fulfill one of the criteria in Policy 7.C.5 (b) and any two of the following:

i. Contain an unusual diversity of native life forms due to varied topography,

microclimates, soils and/or drainage regimes;

ii. Perform a vital ecological function such as maintaining the hydrological balance over a

widespread area by acting as a natural water storage, discharge or recharge area;

iii. Provide a linking system of relatively undisturbed forest or other natural habitat for the

movement of wildlife over a considerable distance;

iv. Serve as major migratory stop-over or significant over-wintering habitat; or

v. Contain landforms deemed unusual or particularly representative at the regional scale.

Conclusion: Based on the assessment in Table M.1, the suite of interrelated habitats in WSU2, 3, 4 and

6 would meet criteria for designation as an ESPA.

Page 135: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP - Draft November 2013 Natural Environment – ESPA Evaluation

ECOPLANS Page M-2

Table M.1. Cambridge West – Evaluation of WSU 2, 3, 4 and 6 per ESPA Criteria

ESPA Criteria Met / Not Met Comment

a) Identified as a regionally or provincially significant Life Science ANSI, or provincially significant Earth Science ANSI

Not met Not designated as ANSI

b) Fulfills at least 2 of the following:

i) Comprise ecological communities deemed unusual, of outstanding quality or particularly representative regionally, provincially or nationally

Not Met

Predominantly common wetland/aquatic habitat types: not particularly representative or unusual at the regional, provincial or national level

No provincially significant habitat types present Overall ecological quality is fair-good, but not outstanding; long history of

anthropogenic land use adjacent to and within features – woodlot management and cutting, wetland infilling.

ii) Contains critical habitats which are uncommon or remnants of once extensive habitats such as old growth forest, forest interior habitat, Carolinian forest, prairie-savanna, alvars, cliff, bogs, fens, marl meadows, and cold water streams

Not met

A portion of WSU 4 (the rare `hogsback`) contains the upper headwaters of Cruikston Creek; this is classified as a warmwater stream, but it has coldwater attributes (e.g. groundwater discharge, summer temperatures)

The remaining habitat types are common and widespread in the Region: upland deciduous forest; meadow marsh; shallow marsh; shallow aquatic cultural.

iii) Provides a large area of natural habitat of at least 20 hectares which affords habitat to species intolerant of human intrusion

Met Composite area of WSU 2/3/4/6 is approximately 34 ha The open aquatic areas provide habitat for several species of waterbirds intolerant of

human intrusion, including provincially rare species and one SAR

iv) Provides habitat for organisms native to the Region recognized as nationally, provincially or regionally significant

Met

In total, 67 species of conservation concern (SCC)1 in WSU 2, WSU3, WSU 4 and WSU 6. Refer to Section 5 and Appendices E, F, G and H for details.

Twenty (20) SCC plant species o 2 provincially significant species o 1 SAR o 19 Regionally rare/uncommon species

Thirty-two (32) SCC bird species

1 Species of conservation concern include nationally, provincially, regionally and locally rare / uncommon species and species-at-risk

Page 136: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP - Draft November 2013 Natural Environment – ESPA Evaluation

ECOPLANS Page M-3

Table M.1. Cambridge West – Evaluation of WSU 2, 3, 4 and 6 per ESPA Criteria

ESPA Criteria Met / Not Met Comment

o 2 provincially significant species o 4 SAR o 26 Regionally rare/uncommon species

Thirteen (13) SCC insect species o 6 provincially significant species o 4 SAR o 6 locally uncommon species

Two (2) SCC herpetofaunal species o 2 SAR

c) Fulfills one of the criteria in b) and any two of the following

i) Contains an unusual diversity of native life forms due to varied topography, microclimates, soils and/or drainage regimes

Met

Varied topography and hydrological attributes, with resulting diversity of vegetation community types

Excellent floral and faunal diversity, particularly for avifauna, herpetofauna and Lepidoptera / odonata; includes many rare / sensitive species and habitat specialists (e.g. insects typical of bog / acidic habitats) o 413 vascular plant species o 80 breeding bird species recorded o 34 Lepidoptera species o 47 Odonata species o 14 herpetofaunal species: 7 anuran spp.; 3 salamander spp; 4 reptile spp.

ii) Performs a vital ecological function such as maintaining the hydrological balance over a widespread area by acting as a natural water storage, discharge or recharge area

Met

The pond areas provide a substantial amount of hydrological storage in the local landscape, as do larger features such as Barrie’s Lake.

The ponds also recharge to the shallow aquifer, which feeds downstream areas in the Devil’s Creek valley (i.e. slope discharge wetlands and the creek itself)

These hydrological - ecological functions are important in the Devil’s Creek, Newman Creek and Cruikston Creek watersheds

Page 137: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP - Draft November 2013 Natural Environment – ESPA Evaluation

ECOPLANS Page M-4

Table M.1. Cambridge West – Evaluation of WSU 2, 3, 4 and 6 per ESPA Criteria

ESPA Criteria Met / Not Met Comment

iii) Provides a linking system of relatively undisturbed forest or other natural habitat for the movement of wildlife over a considerable distance

Not Met

WSU 2, 3 and 4 are relatively contiguous, with some agricultural field gaps and a farm lane; WSU 6 is isolated in an active agricultural field

These features provide local wildlife movement opportunities, primarily for urban-adapted species, in addition to herpetofauna (i.e. anurans, salamanders and turtles)

Long history of anthropogenic land use / disturbance; movement to / from WSU 6 is across active agricultural cropland

Major barrier / filter to wildlife movements at Roseville Road

iv) Serve as major migratory stop-over or significant over-wintering habitat Met

Not identified as a major migratory stop-over in background studies / databases Provides habitat for migratory birds including passerines and waterfowl – variable /

weather dependent; generally low numbers. Very limited shorebird habitat is present. Not important butterfly or migratory bat stop-over areas. o These habitats would not be considered important at the Regional scale or

major migratory stopover areas. Provides a substantial amount of habitat suitable for over-wintering turtles; large

numbers of Midland Painted Turtles and some Snapping Turtles were recorded in all shallow aquatic habitats, and were particularly abundant in WSU 3 – this use could be considered significant at the Regional scale

Refer to Appendix K (Significant Wildlife Habitat Evaluation) for additional discussion

v) Contains landforms deemed unusual or particularly representative at the regional scale Not Met Typical landform – vegetation associations for the Region

Page 138: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

APPENDIX N – WILDLIFE CROSSING CONCEPTUAL PLAN

Page 139: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Wildlife Crossing Conceptual Plan

ECOPLANS Page N-1

Herpetofauna Exclusion Fence Detail Example – Strasburg Road, Kitchener

FOR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSES ONLY

Page 140: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Wildlife Crossing Conceptual Plan

ECOPLANS Page N-2

Photo 1: Herpetofaunal exclusion fence installation – Strasburg Road, Kitchener Photo 2: Herpetofaunal exclusion fence installation detail – Strasburg Road, Kitchener

Page 141: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Wildlife Crossing Conceptual Plan

ECOPLANS Page N-3

Open Grated Crossing Structure Design – Algonquin Forestry Service

Page 142: APPENDIX A – FIELD SURVEY CHRONOLOGY

Cambridge West MESP November 2013 Wildlife Crossing Conceptual Plan

ECOPLANS Page N-4

Photo 3: Grated Crossing Structure - Inside Photo 4: Grated Crossing Structure - Approach Photo 5: Grated Crossing Structure – Plan View